Tải bản đầy đủ (.docx) (137 trang)

giaoan tieng anh 9 chinh sua

Bạn đang xem bản rút gọn của tài liệu. Xem và tải ngay bản đầy đủ của tài liệu tại đây (826.31 KB, 137 trang )

<span class='text_page_counter'>(1)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=1>

Period 1 ; REVIEW
<b>I./ objectives:</b>


- To review ss’knowledge of learning English book 8.
- To check ss’knowledge of learning English.


- To introduce E-Book 9 and the ways to work with E-book 9.
<b>II. Preparation:</b>


- English book 8 and English book 9.
- Sub-board.


<b>III Teaching process:</b>
<b> 1. Class organization:</b>


<b> 2. Oral test: (During the lesson).</b>
<b> 3. New lesson:</b>


<b>A. Warm-up:</b>


- T moves round class and asks ss questions:


+ Where did you spend your holiday summer.
+ Where did you visit?


+ Can you name some of famous places in Viet Nam?
(King Hung’s temple; Hoan Kiem lake …)


+ Did you work hard?
+ Were you work hard? …..
<b>B. Presentation:</b>



<b>a. Review main points in E. book 8 about grammar and vocabulary.</b>
<b>* Past simple:</b>


- Form: S + V– ed / S + V- pII
Eg: + I watched T.V last night.


+ I went to school yeaterday.


- T. asks ss. to give some more examples.
- Int: Did + S + V-inf?


eg: Did you watch T.V last night?
- Neg: S + did not + V – inf.
eg: I didn’t watch T.V last night.
<b>* Passive forms:</b>


- We form the passive form by adding “tobe” + past participles.
eg: + I burn the meal. - > The meal is burnt.


+ I bought the book. - > The book was bought.
<b>* Reported speech:</b>


eg: + Can you give Nam this book.


-> He asked me to give Nam that book.
+ I am a student -> He said he was a student.
<b>* Other tenses:</b>


- Future; Present simple; past progressive.


- Prepositions of time…


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(2)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=2>

<b>b. Test:</b>


<b>1. Put in correct form verbs:</b>


a. I (buy) ………. a new bag yesterday.


b. We (not make) ……… a cake last Sunday.
c. He ( paint) ……….. his house last week.
d. Where you ( go) ……….. last night?
<b>2. Change these sentences in to passive.</b>
a. They give some cakes for children.


-> Some cakes ………
b. He buys a new bike.


-> A new bike ………..
c. Nam did his home work.


-> His home work ………
d. They built a new school in our village.


-> A new school ………..
<b>3. Reported these sentences:</b>


a. He is a student. -> He said ……….
b. I like coffee. -> He said ………..………
c. I don’t like to stay alone. -> She said ……….
d. “Can you buy me some stamps?” -> Mr. Lam asks me ……….………


<b> 4. Consolidation:</b>


- T reminds main points for ss. to remember
<b> 5. Home work:</b>


- Prepare the next lesson.



<b>---Period2; Unit 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL</b>


<b> Lesson 1: getting started and listen & read</b>
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b> I. Knowledge:</b>


At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to know some famous places in VN,
understand Maryam/<sub>s trip to Ha Noi and know to use WISH-Clause(Type 1)</sub>


<b> II. Skills: Listening, reading and speaking</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: </b>


<b>II. Warm-up: Getting started: Matching </b>
<b>*) Answer key:</b>


<i>a,Den Hung festival </i> <i>d ,National museum</i>
<i>b,The Temple of Literature </i> <i>e, Food stall</i>


<i>c,Dong Xuan market </i> <i>f, Nha Rong harbor</i>



T: asks Ss to match the phrases with the pictures and then gets feedback
Ss: work in groups and then give their answers


T: gives the situation:” your foreign pen pal is coming to stay with you. What places
would you take him to?


Ss: asks and answer the question in pairs and then present their ideas.
<b>III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>


<i><b>*) Lead-in: Introduce Mariam- Lan’s </b></i>
penal -> Lead in the lesson


<b>1.Presentation:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(3)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=3>

<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary</b>
- (to) correspond
-> correspondence (N)
-(to) impress (translation)
-> impression(N)


- friendly(adj.)
-> friendliness(N)
- mosque(N)(picture)
- (to) pray (mime)
- Elicits and says out the words
- Writes and checks



- Uses Matching to check vocab.
<b>b.Act.2: Wish - clause</b>


<i>+ Model:</i>


-Asks the questions: Do you have a
computer, Nam?


Nam does not have a computer, so Nam
wishes...


- Writes the model and checks the
meaning, form & use.


Nam does not have a computer at home
 Nam wishes he had a computer


+Meaning & form: When we want to
express the wishes that are unreal in the
present or future, we use Wish-clause
S1 + wish +S2+V simple past


Note: to be  were
<b>c.Act.3: Guiding questions</b>


1, Where is Maryam from?
2, Was this their first meeting?


3, Where did Lan take Maryam to go?
-Hangs on the questions and gives the


instructions


- Plays the tape twice.
- Gets feedback


- Plays the tape again
<b>2.practice:</b>


<b>a.Act.1: Choose the correct option to </b>
<b>complete the sentences.(Page 7)</b>


*) answer key:


1.A 2.B 3.D 4.B


- Hangs on the task & explains the way.
- Asks Ss to read the text again and
complete the task.


- Gets feedback & checks
3.Further practice:
a,Act.1:


- Explains the exercises 3 (a,b,c,d)- Lang.
Focus


- Asks Ss to do the exercises
- Checks Ss/<sub> answer.</sub>


- Answer T’s questions



- Repeat chorally- individually


- Give the meaning& make sentences
- Close their books & match the words


with the Vietnamese meaning.


- repeat the model sentence.
- Draw the form and use.


Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Yes, it was.


Hoan Kiem lake, Uncle Ho/<sub>s mausoleum</sub>
- Close the books and read through the
questions.


-Listen and then share their answers in
pairs


- Check their answers,
- Take notes


- Read through the task


- Work in groups to share their ideas
- Give their choices & explain the reason


- grasp T's instructions


- work in groups.
- Share opinion.


- show their answers before the class.
Others comment and correct.


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(4)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=4>

- Revises Ss with the way to use Wish-clause
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- Asks Ss to revise the lesson


- Asks Ss to prepare: Speak and listen



<b>---Period: 3 Unit1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL</b>


Lesson 2: SPEAK &listen
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to: Practice introducing themselves </b>
& how to response ,listen and understand the content of the dialogue about Jim'<sub>s trip to </sub>
U.S.A


<b>II. Skills: Listening & Speaking.</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Revision: Role play</b>



T: asks 2 or 3 pairs to introduce themselves and ask and answer about their information.
<b>III. New lesson</b>:


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)<i>Lead-in: Introduces Carlo and his trip </i>


<i>to American</i>


<b>1.pre-listening:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: </b><i><b>Vocabulary</b></i>


<b> - downtown (adv.). /…………/</b>
- (a) pond


- (a) park-keeper (who keeps a park)
- (a) hamburger /…………./


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks


- Checks vocab. : What and where.
<b>b)Act.2: </b><i><b>Matching. (Pictures P.9)</b></i>


*) Answer key


<i>- Walking on the grass (a1)</i>
<i>- Picking up the flowers(a2)</i>
<i>- Catching a bus (b1,2)</i>



<i>- eating something in a restaurant(c1,2)</i>


- writes the phrases on the board and asks
Ss to match them with the pictures.


- gets feedback and asks the whole to
check.


<b>2.while-listening</b>


<b>a,Act.1: </b><i><b>Listen and check the number of </b></i>
<i><b>the correct pictures. (P.9)</b></i>


<b>*)Answer key: </b><i>a,1 ; b,2 ; c,2</i>


(Trans)
(Picture)
(Picture)


- try out and repeat chorally- individually
- give the meaning & pronunciation
- read and rewrite them on the board.


- base on the pictures ,work in groups and
write their answers on the board.


- check their answers and read them out.


- follow teacher/<sub>s</sub>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(5)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=5>

- instructs Ss to read the phrases


- introduces the dialogue about Carlo/<sub>s </sub>


trip.


- plays the tape twice.


- asks Ss to share their results
- plays the tape again


- gets feedback.
<b>- plays the tape again</b>


<b>3.post-listening:a)Act.1: </b><i><b>Make the </b></i>
<i><b>similar dialogue, using the given </b></i>
<i><b>information.</b></i>


<b>Example:</b>


Nga: Hello. You must be Yoko
Yoko: That is right. I am.


Nga: Pleased to meet you. Let me
introduce myself. I am Nga.


Yoko:Pleased to meet you. Nga. Are you
one of Lan/<sub>s classmate?</sub>


Nga: Yes, I am. Are you enjoying your


staying in VN?


Yoko: Yes. I like Vietnamese people and
I love old cities in VN.


Nga:...


- explains the task and elicits the used
language from Ss.


- asks them to work in pairs.
- invites 6 pairs to practice
<b>- corrects if necessary</b>


- work in groups & share their ideas.
- listen and check their results.


- speak out their choices.


- check and choose the correct ones


- make the model with teacher


- do pair work, taking turns to be Paul
and then Jane


- make the dialogue
- correct themselves.


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>



- uses post-listening activity.
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to learn vocabulary at home .
- asks Ss to prepare: Read- P.7.



<b>---Period 4 : Unit1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(6)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=6>

<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- learn some vocab. And understand the details of the text about Malaysia.
<b>II. Skills: Reading &Speaking </b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Chatting: Asks the Qs around Ss</b>/<sub> life.</sub>


<i>? What time do you get up in the morning</i>
<i>? Do you like to take a trip abroad</i>


<i>? Which countries do you like to visit. Why?</i>
I. <b>New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in: T: uses the map of the South



<i>East Asian Nations.</i>
? What is this


? How many countries are there in the
South East Asian Nations.


? Which country is this. Do you know
its capital?


- introduces the lesson
<b>1.pre-reading:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


-Tropical climate / ...
-Unit of currency / .../
-Official religion / .../
-Compulsory(adj) /.../
-Second language /.../
<b>- elicits the words from the Ss and says </b>
them out.


- writes and checks.


- uses “ What & Where” to check vocab.
- asks Ss to guess the meaning: Buddhism,
Hinduism, Islam.


<b>b)Act.2: Open prediction(Part a-P.10)</b>
- hangs on the Grids and explains the task.


- asks Ss to work in groups to guess the
information about Malaysia.


- gets feedback


<b>2.while-reading</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Read the text & check the </b>
<i><b>predictions.</b></i>


*)Answer key:


1.Area: 329,758 sq Km


2.Population: Over 22 millions
3.Climate: Tropical


4.Unit of currency: Ringgit
5.Capital city: Kuala Lumpur
6.Official religion: Islam


- asks Ss to read the text to check their
predictions.


- gets feedback.


<b>b)Act.2: Read the text and choose the </b>
<i><b>statements True(T) or False (F). (P.10)</b></i>
*)Answer key:



1.T, 2.F, 3.F, 4.F; 5.F


-answer the Qs:




This is a map of ...




10: Viet Nam, Laos, ...




Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur


(Explanation)
(Realia)
(Explanation)
(Situation)
(Situation)


- try out & repeat chorally-individually
- give the meaning


- read & rewrite


- read the text & give their answers
- follow teacher/<sub>s.</sub>



- work in groups & give their answers on
the worksheets


- stick their answers on th B.B


-read it in 3 Ms & pick out the information
- give their answers and explain.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(7)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=7>

- hangs the statements on the poster
- asks Ss to read the text again


- gets feedback.


- asks them to work in pairs.
<b>3.post-reading:</b>


<b>Survey: Talking about Malaysia.</b>
<i><b>Questions:</b></i>


? How wide is Malaysia
? What is its climate


? Which unit of currency do the Malaysian
use.


- makes the model, using the information
in Act.1-While-reading.


- asks Ss to do pair work.
- invites 2 pairs



- reads it individually and then share their
ideas in groups.


- give their answers and explain and then
correct the false statements.




It is about 329,758 sq Km




...




...


- make the model with teacher
- ask and answer in 3 Ms
- present their dialogue
<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks Ss to summarize the information about Malaysia, using T/F statements.
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the simple past at home
- asks Ss to prepare: Write- P.11.



<b></b>
<b>---Period: 5</b>


<b>Teaching date: ……… </b>


<b>Unit1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL</b>
Lesson 4: write


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Revise the simple past and write a letter about activities their did in their last vacation.
<b> II. Skills: Writing</b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>


<b>II. Checking: Asks one student to answer some questions about Malaysia.</b>
<b>III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in: Chatting


- asks some Qs. about Ss/<sub> summer vacation</sub>
?What did you do in your summer vacation
? Where did you go


? Did you visit your friends



...
- introduces the tasks of the lesson.
<b>1.pre-writing:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Brainstorm</b>


-answer the Qs individually




I went to see my relatives. ....
...


<b>Places you</b>
<b>visit</b>


<b>Activities in your last</b>
<b>summer vacation</b>
<b>What you</b>


<b>did</b>


<b>How you</b>
<b>feel</b>


<b>People you</b>
<b>meet</b>


<b>Food you</b>


<b>eat</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(8)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=8>

- presents the Net and focuses Ss on the
past activities.


- asks Ss to work in groups and list out the
activities they did.


- gets feedback and write them on the B.B.
<b>2.while-writing:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Write a letter to Mary and talk to</b>
<i><b>her about your last vacation.</b></i>


<b>Example:</b>
<i>Dear Mary,</i>


<i>I am very glad to talk to you about my last </i>
<i>summer vacation.</i>


<i>I visited my grandparents. There I...</i>
<i>...</i>
<i>Lovers,</i>


<i>Thanh.</i>


- asks the Ss to write the letter ( 100
words), using the information they listed
out in ‘Brainstorm’



- notes: Vpast form
- goes round to help Ss.
<b>3.post-writing:</b>


<i><b>Exhibition</b></i>


- asks 2 Ss to go to the B.B and write their
letter.


- asks the whole to give comments
- asks them to correct their work.


- follow teacher/<sub>s</sub>


- share their ideas in groups


- speak out their activities in their summer
vacation.


- write a letter to Mary, using their own
information.


- focus on the simple past tense for the
used verbs.


- complete their letter.


- present their work on the B.B
- share and compare their work.
- correct their letter.



<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks the Ss to ask and answer the following Qs:
<i>? What did you do in your last vacation.</i>
<i>? What places did you visit.</i>


<i>? Who did you meet.</i>


<i>?...</i>
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to complete their letter and do exercises 5,6-P.8,9 ( workbook) at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.11





<b>Teaching </b>


<b> Period: 6 Unit1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL</b>
Lesson 5: language focus


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Revise the simple past and practice further in Wish-clause (Type 1)
<b> II. Skills: Writing and Speaking.</b>



<b>B./ procedures:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(9)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=9>

<b>II. Revision: Write the past form of the following verbs.</b>


1.see  saw 4.go ... 7.live ...
2.buy ... 5.paint ... 8.to be ...
3.play ... 6.know ... 9.make ...




T: Checks : In which tense will we use the Vpast form?
<b> III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
<b>1.Act.1: Ask and answer about each </b>


<i><b>person did on the weekend.(P.11)</b></i>
*) Model:


<i>Hai: What did Ba do on the weekend?</i>
<i>Hoa: He went to see the movies called </i>“
<i>Ghosts and Monster .</i>”


<i>Hai: When did he see?</i>


<i>Hoa: ( He saw it) on Saturday afternoon.</i>
- hangs on the Grids, checks the meaning
and run through the phrases.


- focuses Ss on the past form of the verbs.


- makes the model.


- asks Ss to work in pairs.


- invites 5 pairs to ask and answer about
the information on the Grids.


- helps Ss to correct.


<b>2. Act.2: Write the things Lan and her </b>
<i><b>friends did for the party.(P.12)</b></i>


*)Example:


- buy flowers (Picture 3)


<i><b></b></i>


<i> They bought flowers for the party.</i>


- hangs the task on the poster and asks Ss
to match the verbs with the phrases.


- gets feedback and then check the answers
- asks them to write full sentences, using
the simple past tense.


- invites Ss to write their ans. on the b.b.
- asks the whole to check.



<b>3.Act.3: Rewrite the sentences, using </b>
<i><b>Wish- clause (Type 1).(P.12).</b></i>


*)Model:


-Vuong does not have a computer at home.




Vuong wishes he had a computer.
*)Structure:


<i><b>S1 + wish + S2 + Vpast (subjunctive </b></i>
<i><b>mood)</b></i>


<i><b></b></i>


<i> to be <b></b>were</i>
*)Answer key:


b,I wish it were not hot. It were cold/ cool .
c,I wish I had a computer.


...
i,I wish there were some rivers and lakes in
my hometown.


- elicits the model from the Ss. and then
write it on the b.b



- revises the meaning, use and the form.


- give the meaning and read through all the
phrases.


- give the way to use simple past.
- make the model with teacher.
- do pair work in 5 Ms.


- ask and answer about Ba, Nga, ...
- correct themselves.


- work in groups, basing on the pictures.
- speak out their answers.


- write the full sentences individually.
- write them on the board.


- check the sentences with teacher.


? Do you have a computer at home, Vuong


- answer the questions and copy the model.
- give the meaning, use and the form of
Wish-clause (Type 1)


- work in pairs


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(10)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=10>

- asks them to complete Exer. 3.
- gets feedback.



- asks the whole to check.
<b>iV. Consolidation :</b>


- asks the Ss to revise the simple past and compare Vpast form in indicative mood and
the one in subjunctive mood.


<b>V. Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to do exercise 7-P.10 and 8-P.11( workbook) at home.


- asks Ss to prepare: Unit 2: Getting started & Listen and Read. (P.13)



---


Period 7 : Unit 2: clothing


<b> Lesson 1: getting started and listen & read</b>
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- know the Ao dai of Viet Nam and some kinds of clothes from another countries in the
world.


- revise the present perfect tense.


<b>II. Skills: Listening, reading and speaking</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>



<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Warm-up: Getting started: (Pictures at page 13 )</b>


<b>*) answer key:</b>


<i>a, She is from Japan</i> <i>d,She is from India</i>
<i>b,She is from Viet Nam </i> <i>e, He is from U.S.A</i>
<i>c,She is Scotland </i> <i>f, She is from Arabia</i>


T: hangs on the pictures and asks the question: Where is she/he from?/Why do you know?.
Ss: look at the pictures to answer. She is from Japan because she is wearing a kimono.”
T: focuses Ss on: a kimono, a sari, a veil, a kilt and asks Ss to make the dialogue.


Ss: asks and answer the questions in pairs and then present their ideas.
III. New lesson:


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
<i><b>*) Lead-in: Picture a: She is from Viet </b></i>


Nam because she is wearing Ao dai. To
know more about Ad dai, Vietnamese
traditional women/<sub>s clothes, today we are </sub>
going to learn Unit 2; Lesson 1.


<b>1. presentation:</b>
<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary:</b>


<i>- man(N) # woman (example)</i>
<i>{men (Plu. N) # women (Plu. N)</i>


<i>Ex: A man but two men</i>


<i>- tradition (N)/.../(translation)</i>
<i>- fashion(N)/.../ (translation)</i>
<i> - wear (V) ( wore,worn) (mime)</i>


<i>- poem (N)/ .../- poet (N)(example)</i>
<i>- consist of (V) / .../</i>


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks


<b>- instructs them to read & invites 2 Ss to</b>
<b>read all the words.</b>


<b>b,Act.2: The present perfect tense.</b>
<i>+ Model:</i>


- Some designers have modernized the Ao


- try out and repeat chorally- individually
- give the meaning& make sentences
- run through the words.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(11)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=11>

dai.
+Form:


S + have/has +Vp.p + (Obj.)+ ...
- asks Ss to pick out the model in the text
and checks the use, form & meaning.


<b>c.Act.2: Listen to the tape and fill in the </b>
<i><b>gaps. (Part a-P.14)</b></i>


*)Answer key:(Teacher/<sub>s book)</sub>
- hangs the task with the missing
information and explains some words
- plays the tape twice and gets feedback
- asks Ss to read the text to check their
answer.


- gets feedback again
<b>2.practice:</b>


<b>a.Act.1: Read the text and answer the Qs.</b>
<i><b>(part b-P.14)</b></i>


*) Answer key:P.24 (Teacher/<sub>s book)</sub>


- hangs th poster with the Qs and run them
through.


- asks Ss to read the text again and answer
the Qs. Gets feedback


- asks the whole to check.
3.Further practice:


- instructs them to do exercise 2 (a,b,c) (
workbook).



-asks the whole to check.


- read through the sentences


-listen and then share their answers in pairs
- speak out their answers.


- read the text to check their answers,
- give the correct answers.


- read through the task.


- work in pairs to share their ideas.
- ask and answer the Qs.


- check & then copy the answers in their
notebooks.


- grasp T's instructions
- work in groups.
- Share opinion.


- show their answers before the class.
Others comment and correct


<b>IV. Consolidation: Discussion(Pair work)</b>
<i>? Do you kike Ao dai. Why or why not?</i>
<b>V. Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the lesson & do exercises 1,2 P.12,13 (workbook)


- asks Ss to prepare: Speak -P.14,15


...
...


<b>Period 8 : Unit 2: CLOTHING</b>
<b>LESSON 2: SPEAK</b>


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Talk about their favorite clothes, using Reported Speech and Simple present
<b>II. Skills: Speaking & writing</b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Revision: Network</b>


skirt shirt


<b>III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(12)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=12>

*)Lead-in: uses Network to introduce the
lesson.


<b>1.pre-speaking:</b>



<b>a)Act.1: Match the phrases with the </b>
<i><b>pictures (Part a- P.14)</b></i>


<b> *) Answer key:</b>


a, a colorful T-shirt
b, a sleeveless sweater
c, a striped shirt


d, a plain suit
e, faded jeans


f, a short-sleeved blouse
g, baggy pants


h, a plaid skirt
i, blue shorts


- hangs on the pictures and the phrases
- gets feedback .


- checks and correts the answers


-asks Ss to give the Vietnamese meaning
and instruct them to read out the words
<b>2.while-speaking</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Ask and answer about your </b>
<i><b>favorite type of clothing. (Part b)</b></i>


<b>*) Worksheet:</b>


<i><b>-What do you usually wear on the </b></i>
<i>weekend?.</i>


<i>-Why do you wear these clothes?</i>


<i>-What is your favorite type of clothing?</i>
<i>Why?</i>


<i>-What are your school uniforms?</i>
<i>-What do you wear on Tet?*</i>


<i>-What do you wear on your birthday?*</i>
-hangs on the worksheet and focus Ss on
the Vsimple present.


- runs through the Qs and asks Ss to add 2
more Qs.(*)


- makes the model.


- asks Ss to interview members of group
- invites 6 pairs to practise


<b>- correct if neccessary</b>
<b>3.post-speaking:</b>


<b>a,Act.1:Report the results of your survey. </b>
<i><b>(Part c-P.16)</b></i>



*)Indirect speech:
+ Model:


<i>Tu said:” I usually wear a skirt on Tet”</i>
<i>Tu said that she usually wore a skirt on Tet</i>
- asks: What do you wear on Tet,Tu?


- gives the model.


- asks the whole to revise Reported speech.
- asks them to report their survey.


- invites 3 Ss to go to the board.
- asks the whole to check.


<i>(Vietnamese meaning can be provided)</i>


<i>à A piece of shorts</i>


- work in groups & share their ideas
- go to the board and match.


- check it with teacher.


- give the meaning and run through the
words.


- talk about its use and form.



- read them out and focus on the meaning.
- answer the Qs individually.


- asks and answer and then note down
- do interviewing.


<i>Direct: S + Vpresent + (Obj.)</i>
<i>Indirect: S + V past + (Obj.)</i>


- answer: I usually wear ...
- copy down and give the way to use
reported speech.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(13)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=13>

<b>IV.Consolidation:</b> <i><b>Network</b></i>
<b> blue shorts</b>


( Ss will close their books and go to the board to write down: 2 teams)
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to do exercise 4,5-P.15,16
- asks Ss to prepare: Listen- P.16.


...
...


<b> Period 9 : Unit 2: CLOTHING</b>
Lesson 3: listen


<b>A./ objectives:</b>



<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- revise the clothing vocabulary and understand an announcement about Mary.
<b>II. Skills: Listening & Speaking.</b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Revision: Network</b>


<b>blue shorts</b>


<b> III. New lesson</b>:


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in: uses Network to introduce the


lesson.


<b>1.pre-listening:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<b> - sandals (plu. N). A pair of sandals</b>
- boots (plu. N).A pair of boots
- shoes (plu. N).A pair of shoes
- Checking vocab. : What do we call in
English?


-elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks



- asks the question to check vocab.


<b>b)Act.2: Open prediction. (Pictures P.16)</b>
- introduces the situation about a lost little
girl called Mary and asks Ss to predict the
things she is wearing.


- gets feedback.


<b>2.while-listening</b>


<b>a)Act.1: listen and check the information</b>
<i><b>about Mary.</b></i>


<b>*) Answer key:</b>


<b>a, She is wearing blue shorts.</b>


b, She is wearing a long-sleeved blouse.
c, She is wearing a pair of brown shoes.
- asks Ss be about listening to the tape &
plays the tape twice.


- asks them to share their results.


(pictures)


- try out and repeat chorally- individually
- give the meaning & pronunciation


- answer: It is a pair of ...
- base on the pictures and guess the
information in groups.


- write their predictions on the board.


- listen and choose the correct answers.


<b>Your favorite</b>
<b>clothes</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(14)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=14>

- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once again.


<b>b)Act.2: Listen and answer the questions.</b>
<b>Questions:</b>


1.What is her name?
2. How old is she?


3. Is she wearing a blue skirt?


- hangs on the Qs & plays the tape twice.
- asks them to share their results.


- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once again.
<b>3.post-listening:</b>



<i><b>Describe the pictures</b></i>


Ex: Her name is Nga. She has short dark
<i>hair. She is wearing a red skirt and ...</i>
- sticks 3 pictures on the board and asks
the Ss to describe.


- invites 3 Ss to go to the board.


- work in groups & share their ideas.
- speak out their answers.


- correct their predictions.
à She is Mary


à She is 3 years old.


à No, she is not. She is wearing blue shorts
and a long-sleeved white blouse.


- listen and answer the questions.
- work in groups & share their ideas.
- speak out their answers.


- correct their predictions.


- work in groups to describe the appearance
of each person.



- go to the board and describe the pictures.
<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- checks the remembering of types of clothing.
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to learn clothing vocabulary at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Read- P.17.


...
...


<b>Period 10 Unit 2: CLOTHING</b>
<b>Lesson 4: read</b>


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


-understand the details of the text about the origin and developing history of Jeans.
<b>II. Skills: Reading & Speaking </b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Warm-up: Brainstorm</b>


Long-wearing easy to wear


<b>III. New lesson:</b>



<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in:


- asks the questions:


? Have you ever worn Jeans.
? Do you like Jeans. Why?.
- introduces the lesson
<b>1.pre-reading:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- clothes = clothing (Un. N)</i>
<i> { cloth (Un. N)</i>


- answer the questions individually


(Realia)
(Realia)
<b>Advantages of</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(15)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=15>

<i>- material (Un. N) / .../ </i>
<i>- sailor (N)/.../</i>


<i>- (to) wear out</i>


<i>Ex: Jeans are not easy to wear out</i>
<i>- worldwide = in the world/ all over the</i>
<i>world.</i>



<i>- college(N) /.../</i>
<i>- university(N)/.../</i>


<b>- elicits the words from the Ss and says </b>
them out.


- writes and checks.


- uses “ Matching” to check vocab.
- instruct Ss to read.


<b>b)Act.2: Open prediction(Part a-P.17)</b>
- hangs on the poster and asks Ss to predict
the missing dates & words.


- gets feedback


<b>2.while-reading</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Read the text & check the </b>
<i><b>predictions.</b></i>


*)Answer key:


1.18th<sub> century/jean cloth.</sub>


2.1960s/students 4.1980s/fashion
3.1970s/cheaper 5.1990s/sale
- asks Ss to read the text to check their
predictions.



- gets feedback.


<b>b)Act.2: asks and answer the questions.</b>
*)Answer key:(teacher/<sub>s book)</sub>


1.T, 2.F, 3.F, 4.F; 5.F
- hangs the poster with the Qs and run
them through.


- notes Ss with Simple past tense & asks Ss
to read the text again.


- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check
- asks for pair work.
<b>3.post-reading:</b>


<i><b>Summarizing</b></i>
- asks the Ss to work in groups for
summarizing the text.


- invites 2 or 3 representatives.


- gives the comments and asks the question
? Do you like Jeans. Why?


(Example)
(Picture)


(Situation)


(Example)


- try out & repeat chorally-individually.
- give the meaning.


- match the words with the Vietnamese.
- run through the words.


- work in groups & give their answers on
the worksheets.


- stick their answers on th B.B.


-read it in 3 Ms & pick out the information
-give their answers and explain.


- read through the Qs.


- read it individually and then share their
ideas in pairs.


- ask and answer.


- check the answers with teacher.
- ask and answer again.


- do group work in 4 Ms, basing on the part
a-P.17.



- summarize the text to the front.
- answer it individually.


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- generalizes the main contents of the lesson.
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to read the text again at home
- asks Ss to prepare: Write- P.18,19.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(16)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=16>

<b>Pre : Period: 11 Unit 2: CLOTHING</b>
Teaching Lesson 5: write
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- know how to write a paragraph of argument and know the way to support their
opinions.


<b>II. Skills: Writing</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>


<b>II. Checking: Asks one student to summarize the origin of Jeans</b>
<b>III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>


*)Lead-in: Role-play


- Teacher gives the situation: Nam


(Teacher) intends to give up the schooling.
How do you persuade him to stop this ?
- introduces the lesson.


<b>1.pre-writing:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


- persuade/.../(V): (situation)
- encourage(V)/.../


{ encouragement(N)(Sit.)
- to be proud of: (situation)
- practical(Adj.)(Translation)
- self-confident (Adj.)(situation)
- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks


- instruct Ss to read


<b>b)Act.2: The form of the argumentative </b>
<i><b>paragraph.</b></i>


<b>*) Form:</b>


<i>+ Introduction: My opinion is.../I think...</i>
<i>+ Series of arguments: Firstly/...</i>


<i>+ Conclusion: Therefore / In conclusion</i>
<i> ...</i>


- introduces the content & hangs on the
Grids, and then elicits 3 main parts with
the used language.


- asks Ss to read part a (P.18) to pick out
each part and its aim.


- gets feedback.


- gives feedback and more explanations.
<b>2.while-writing:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Write a paragraph to support the</b>
<i><b>argument that Ss should wear casual </b></i>
<i><b>clothes.(Part b-P.19)</b></i>


- hangs on the outline & explains the task
(Note:It is + Adj. + for someone +Vto-inf.
V-ing + be + Adj./To-inf. + be + Adj.
- asks Ss to write a paragraph about 100
words individually.


- goes round to help them and then gives
out the cellophanes.


<b>3.post-writing:</b>
<i><b>Exhibition</b></i>



-discuss and give their ideas.


Ex: I persuade him to meet Lan


Ex: We encourage them to do homework
Ex: We are proud of our class.


Ex: Wearing uniform is practical


- try out and repeat chorally- individually
- give the meaning& make sentences
- run them through & copy down.


- show their ideas & give their comments
- share their ideas in groups


- give the answers and explain the aims of
each part in this paragraph.


- focus on the information and the form of
argument paragraph.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(17)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=17>

- collects 3 drafts from Ss and put them in
the overhead.


- helps the whole to correct.
- asks them to copy down.


- share and compare their work.


- correct paragraphs with teacher
- copy it in their books


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks the Ss to generalize the form of argument paragraph and the aim of each part.
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to write the paragraph with the following content:


“ Taking part in the school activities is unhelpful to the students”.
Do you agree or not?


<b> Suggesting ideas: + makes students feel self-confident.</b>


+ gives students opportunities to show their abilities.
+ creates cooperation and friendship.


...


- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.19( Present perfect and passive form)


...
....


<b>Pre: Period: 12 Unit 2: CLOTHING</b>
<b>Teaching Lesson 6: LANGUAGE FOCUS</b>
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>



- Revise and practice further in the present perfect and the passive form.
<b>II. Skills: Writing and Speaking</b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>


<b>II. Revision: Write the past participial form of the following verbs</b>
1.see  seen 4.build ... 7.live ...


2.buy ... 5.read ... 8.eat ...
3.play ... 6.know ... 9.make ...




T: Checks : In which tense will we use the Vp.p?
<b> III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
<b>1.Act.1: Ask and answer about each </b>


<i><b>person(using part 1-P.19-10)</b></i>
*) Model:(P.19-textbook).


*) Structure: Present perfect tense.


S+ have/has + Vp.p + (obj) + ...
+Timing words: never, ever, already, just,
yet, recently and Preps. ‘ for/ since ‘


- asks Ss to read the dialogue.


- focuses Ss present perfect tense.


- makes the model with the information in
the Table.


- asks Ss to work in pairs.


- invites 3pairs to asks and answer about
the information on the Table


-helps Ss to correct.


<b>2.Act.2: Ask and answer Qs about the </b>
<i><b>things you done in HCM city.</b></i>


*)Model:


<i>A: Have you seen Giac Lam Pagoda yet?</i>


- read the dialogue in pairs.


- give the use and form of the present
perfect.


- make the model with teacher.
- do pair work in 3 Ms. asking and
answering about Lan, Quang, ...
-correct themselves.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(18)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=18>

<i>B: Yes, T have seen it.</i>


<i>A: Have you eaten Vietnamese food yet?</i>
<i>B: No, I haven/<sub>t.</sub></i>


- hangs the words on the poster and runs
through them.


- focus Ss on the present perfect.
- makes the model.


- asks the whole to do pair work.
- invites 4 pairs.


- helps them to correct.


<b>3.Act.3: Rewrite the sentences, using the </b>
<i><b>passive form.(Part 4-P.21).</b></i>


*)Model:


-They sell jeans all over the world.
<i><b></b>Jeans are sold all over the world.</i>
-You must do this exercise carefully.
<i><b></b>This exercise must be done carefully.</i>
*)Answer key:


a, Jean cloth was made...
b, Rice is grown ...



c,Five million bottles of champagne will be
produced ...


d, A new style of jeans has just been
introduced ...


e,Two department stores have been built....
- gives the example & asks Ss to change it
in the passive form.


- revise the meaning, use and the form.
- instructs them the way to change the
sentence into passive.


- asks them to complete Excer. 4.
- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


- analyze the structure.
- do it with teacher.
- ask and answer in pairs.


- comment and correct eachther.
- write them on the board.


- correct themselves


- change it in the passive form.


- give the form of tenses.
- give their ideas.


- work in pairs


- write their answers on the board.
- check it with teacher.


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks the Ss to revise the simple past ,simple present, present perfect and modal verbs
in passive.


<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to do exercise 6-P.17 and 7-P.18( workbook) at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Unit 1, 2 for 45-minute examination.


...
...


<b>Pre: Period: 13 Eng lish written test I</b>
Teaching


<b>A./ objectives:</b>
<b>I. Knowledge: </b>


-helps Ss to examine and evaluate their learning and how well Ss get the aims.
<b>II. Skills: Writing, reading, vocab. and grammar practice.</b>



<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Control:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(19)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=19>

- controls the class.
<b>III. Collection:</b>


- asks Ss to hand in the tests and evaluates the lesson.


- asks them to revise the knowledge at home for the test correction.
<b>Test</b>


I/ c hoose the word that stressed differently from the others: (2 marks)


1/ a. Buddhism b. climate c. comprise d. friendliness
2/ a. impress b. mausoleum c. official d. Islam


3/ a. correspond b. federation c. economic d. logical
4/ a. label b. fashion c. material d. novel


<b>II/ Multiple choice: Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2,5 marks)</b>
1/ Yoko is from___________, a big capital city of Japan.


a. London b. Tokyo c. New York d. Paris
2/ Lan __________ her friend to Hoan Kiem Lake last week.


a. take b. takes c. took d. is taking
3/ The weather isn’t nice today. I wish it ___________ nice.



a. is b. was c. were d. be
4/ We have learnt English ____________ 2000.


a. since b. for c. never d. just
5/ Nam usually goes to school _____________ 7:00 in the morning.
a. in b. on c. at d. of
<b>III/ Read the text and answer the questions: (2 marks)</b>


In the 1960s, many university and college students wore jeans. Designers made different
styles of jeans to match the 1960s’ fashions: embroidered jeans, painted jeans, and so on. In
the 1970s more and more people started wearing jeans because they became cheaper. In the
1980s jeans finally became high fashion clothing. Sales of jeans went up and up. But in the
1990s the worldwide economic situation got worse, the sale of jeans stopped growing.
Questions:<i><b> </b></i>


1/ Who liked to wear jeans in the 1960s?




____________________________________________________________________


2/ Why did more and more people begin wearing jeans in the 1970s?




____________________________________________________________________
3/ What happened when jeans became high fashion clothing in the 1980s?





____________________________________________________________________


4/ When did the sale of jeans stop growing?




____________________________________________________________________
<b>IV/ Rewrite these sentence as directed below: (2 marks)</b>


1/ They will build a new school next year. (Change into the passive voice)




____________________________________________________________________
2/ I don’t know many words in English.




I wish _____________________________________________________________


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(20)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=20>

4/ People use the telephone to communicate in a long distance. (Change into the passive
voice)




____________________________________________________________________
<b>IV/ Fill in each blank with one word from the box:</b> (1,5 marks)


<i><b> population Ha Noi divided language religions</b></i>
<i><b>area</b></i>



Viet Nam is one of the countries in ASEAN. It is (1)_______________ into three regions:
the North, the Central and the South. The (2)_____________ is 326,258 sq kilometers. The
capital is (3)_____________. The Vietnamese unit of currency is dong. There are many
(4)_______________ in Viet Nam such as Buddhism, Cao Dai, Christmas… The


(5)_______________ in 1997 was nearly 70 million. The national (6)_____________ is
Vietnamese


<b>ANSWERS:</b>


<i><b>I/ (2 marks)</b></i>
<i><b>II/(2,5 marks)</b></i>


<i> 1/ b. Tokyo 2/ c. took 3/ c. were 4/ a. since5/ c. at</i>


<i><b>III/ (2 marks)</b></i>


<i> Questions:<b> </b></i>


<i> 1/ Many university and college students liked to wear jeans in the 1960s.</i>


<i> 2/ Because jeans became cheaper.</i>


<i> 3/ Sales of jeans went up and up.</i>


<i> 4/ The sale of jeans stopped growing in 1990s.</i>
<i><b>IV/ (2 marks)</b></i>


<i> 1/ A new school will be built next year.</i>


<i> 2/ I wish I knew many words in English.</i>
<i> 3/ Nga has done that exercise for 3 days. </i>


<i> 4/ The telephone is used to communicate in a long distance. </i>


<i><b>IV/ (1,5 marks)</b> (1) divided (2) area (3) Ha Noi (4) religions (5) population (6)</i>


<i>language</i><b> </b>


<b> IV. Consolidation:</b>
- comments on the test
<b> V. Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the language they have just been tested at home
Period: 14 Test correction


<b>Teaching date:……….. </b>
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: </b>


- helps Ss to evaluate their results of the test.


- helps Ss to pick out the mistakes and errors they have made and correct themselves.
<b>II. Skills: Analysis.</b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Checking:</b>



<b>III. Content:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(21)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=21>

- evaluates the result generally.


- raises the main and important mistakes Ss
have made.


- hands out the tests.


- asks Ss to correct each part of the test.
- invites Ss who had the mistakes and
errors to go to the board.


- invites others to correct.
- asks the class to take notes.
<b>2. Act.2: Ss</b><i>/<sub> correction.</sub></i>


- instructs Ss to correct their tests.
- goes round to monitor the class.
- asks Ss to hand in the tests.


- listen to the teacher.


- share their tests with their partners
- go to the board and write their work.
- do it and explain to the class.


- note down.



- correct themselves.
- collect the tests.
<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the main knowledge they have consolidated.
<b> V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the language items at home


- asks them to prepare: Unit 3: Getting started & Listen and Read



<b> Pre; Period: 15 UNIT 3: A TRIP TO THE COUNTRYSIDE</b>
Teaching lesson 1: GETTING STARTED AND LISTEN & READ
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand the text about Ba & Liz/<sub>s trip to the countryside and know a lot of activities</sub>
in the countryside


- revise Wish-clause (Type 1) with “ Can”.
<b>II. Skills: Listening, reading and speaking</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Warm-up: Getting started: (Pictures at page 22 )</b>


T: hangs on the pictures and asks the question: What is she/he or are they doing?
Ss: look at the pictures to answer." She is watering vegetables. ...”



T: asks Ss to work in pairs.


Ss: asks and answer the questions in pairs and then present their ideas.
III. New lesson:


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
<i><b>*) Lead-in: </b></i>


-introduces activities in the countryside on
the picture and then introduces Ba and
Lize/<sub>s trip.</sub>


- leads in the lesson.
<b>1. presentation:</b>
<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary:</b>


- (to) have a rest = (to) relax


- (to) have a chance to do something
= have an opportunity


- entrance(N) /.../(Example)
- shrine(N)/.../ (Situation)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(22)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=22>

-(to ) have a snack (Situation)


- banyan tree /.../ (Picture)
- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.



<b>- use What and where to check vocab.</b>”
<b>b. act 2:Wish-clause with CAN .</b>“ ”
<b>+ Model:</b>


- Lize wish she could visit your village
again some day.


+ Use &Form: When we talk about our
<i>possible wishes in the future, we use: </i>
S1 +wish +S2 + COULD + V bare inf..
- asks Ss to pick out the model in the text
and checks the use, form & meaning.
<b>c.Act.3: Predict the statements T or F. </b>
<i><b>(Part a-P.23)</b></i>


- hangs the statements and asks Ss to
predict the information.


- gets feedback
<b>2.practice:</b>


<b>a.Act.1: Listen to the tape & check the </b>
<i><b>predictions (part a -P.23)</b></i>


<b>*)Answer key:</b>


<b> 1.F 2.T 3.F 4.F 5.T</b>
<i> 6.F 7.F 8.F 9.F</i>



- plays the tape twice.
- asks Ss to share it in pairs.
- gets feedback.


- asks them to read the text to check.
- invites Ss to correct the false statements
<b>a.Act.2: Read the text and answer the Qs.</b>
<i><b>(part b-P.23)</b></i>


*) Answer key:P... (Teacher/<sub>s book)</sub>
- hangs the poster with the Qs and run
them through.


- asks Ss to read the text again and answer
the Qs.


- gets feedback


- asks the whole to check.
3.Further practice:


- instructs them to do exercise 1 (b,c,d,e)
( workbook).


-asks the whole to check.


- give the meaning& make sentences
- read and then write the words on the B.B.
- give the use, form & meaning.



- read through the sentences and work in
groups, writing their predictions on the
worksheets.


- stick their worksheets on the b.b.
- listen to the tape and note down.
- change their results


- give their answers


- read the text and check their predictions
- speak out the correct statements.


- read through the task.


- work in pairs to share their ideas.
- ask and answer the Qs and write their
answers on the b.b.


- check & then copy the answers in their
notebooks.


- share in pairs and write their answers on
the board.


- check the answers.
<b>IV. Consolidation: Discussion(Pair work)</b>


- asks Ss to ask and answer about the Qs. in part b-P.23
<b>V. Homework:</b>



- asks Ss to revise the lesson & do exercises 1,2,3 P.20,21 (workbook)
- asks Ss to prepare: Speak -P.14,15


...
...


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(23)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=23>

<b>Teaching Lesson 2: LISTEN &speak </b>
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Listen and understand the trip to Ba/<sub>s village and talk about the way to go to their village </sub>
and talk about the information of the countryside and activities of their home village
<b>II. Skills: Listening & Speaking.</b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Checking: Questions</b>


<i>?.Where is your home village?/ How far is it from Dong Ha to your village?/ </i>


<i>?How long does it take to get there?/ What do people do for a living in your village?</i>
T: asks 2 Ss to answer these Qs. to the front.


<b>III. New lesson</b>:


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in: Introduces Carlo and his trip



<i>to American</i>


<b>1.pre-listening:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<b> - Dragon Bridge /</b><i>…………/ </i>
<i> - (a) parking lot </i>


<i> - (to) pick someone up</i>
<i> - (to) drop someone off</i>
<i> - (a) park but (to) park</i>


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks


- asks for examples


- Checks vocab. : What and where.
<b>b)Act.2: Open prediction</b>


<i><b> Matching. (Map at P.25)</b></i>


- hangs on the map and the places and
introduces the trip to Ba/<sub>s village</sub>


- runs through the words and asks Ss to
predict, matching the places with the
letters



- gets feedback .


<b>2.while-listening</b>


<i><b>Listen and check the predictions</b></i>
<b>*)Answer key: </b>


<i><b>A. banyan tree B. airport C. highway </b></i>
<i>No.1</i>


<i><b>D. Dragon bridge E. gas station F. </b></i>
<i>store</i>


<i><b>G. pond H. bamboo forest L. </b></i>
<i>parking lot </i>


- revises Ss with the prepositions of place.
- plays the tape twice.


- asks Ss to share their results
- plays the tape again


- gets feedback.


<b>- plays the tape once again</b>
<b>3.post-listening:</b>


<i><b>Ask and answer about your partner</b><b>/</b><b><sub>s </sub></b></i>
<i><b>home village, using the information in </b></i>
<i><b>the boxes.(Part a-P.24)</b></i>



Questions:


<i>1.Where is your home village?</i>


(Trans.)
(Picture)


(Trans.)Ex: My mother often picks me up
(Trans.)


- try out and repeat chorally- individually
- give the meaning & pronunciation
- makes the sentences


- read and rewrite them on the board.
- listen to teacher/<sub>s.</sub>


- work in groups and wrote their
predictions on the worksheets.


- stick their predictions on the board.


- follow teacher/<sub>s</sub>


- give: opposite, on the left/right …….
- listen and choose the correct answers.
- work in groups & share their ideas.
- listen and check their results.
- speak out their choices.



- check and choose the correct ones


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(24)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=24>

<i>2. How far is it from the city?</i>
<i>3. How can you get there?</i>


<i>4. How long does it take to get there?</i>
<i>5.What do people do for a living in your </i>
<i>village?</i>


<i>6. Does your village have a river?</i>


- hangs the Qs. and the information in the
boxes on the poster.


- runs them through and explains the
meaning of: do for a living.


- hands out the worksheets.
- makes the model.


- asks Ss to work in pairs.
- invites 4 pairs to practice.
- corrects if necessary.


- read them out and focus on the meaning.
- ask and answer with teacher.


- work with the information in worksheets..
- asks and answer in pairs.



- correct themselves.


<b>IV. Consolidation :</b>
- uses Network.


<b>behind </b> <b>opposite</b>


<b> </b>


<b>V. Homework :</b>


- asks Ss to learn the lesson at home .
- asks Ss to prepare: Read- P.25.


...
...


<b> Pre Period: 17 Unit 3: A TRIP TO THE COUNTRYSIDE</b>
<b>Teaching Lesson 3: READ </b>


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand the details of the text about Van/<sub>s life in the USA and know more about the </sub>
life on a farm..


<b>II. Skills: Reading & writing </b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>



<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Revision: Chatting</b>


<b>T: asks the following questions:</b>


<i>?Where is your home village/How far is it from Dong Ha Town?/Does your home </i>
<i>village have a river?/What do people do for a living in your village?</i>


Ss: answer the Qs. individually.
III. New lesson:


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in: Brainstorming


- gives the task and gets feedback..
plow on a farm
harvest the crops


- introduces Van, an exchange student and
leads in the lesson.


<b>1.pre-reading:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- exchange student(s) (N) /.../</i>


- think about and then speak out their ideas
grow rice



feed chickens


(translation)
( Realia )
(translation)
<b>Prepositions of</b>


<b>place</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(25)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=25>

<i>- maize (N) = corn (A.E) </i>
<i>- part-time # full-time(adj/adv)</i>
<i>- grocery store (N) / .../</i>
<b>- elicits the words from the Ss and says </b>
them out.


- writes and checks.
- instructs Ss to read.


- uses Matching to check vocab.
-asks the whole to check


<b>b)Act.2: T/F statement predictions.</b>
1.Van is an exchange student. He is from
the USA.


2.He is now living outside Columbus, Ohio
3.There are five people in the Parkers.
4.Van often helps Mr. Parker at a grocery
store.



- hangs on the statements ,gives the


worksheets and asks Ss to predict them T/F
(note: 2 T and 2 F)


- gets feedback.


<b>2.while-reading</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Read the text & check the </b>
<i><b>predictions.</b></i>


*)Answer key:1.F. 3.T 2.T 4.F
- asks Ss to read the text to check their
predictions.


- gets feedback.


<b>b)Act.2: ask and answer the questions.</b>
*)Questions:


<i>1.Who is Van living with in the USA?</i>
<i>2.What does Mr. Parker do?</i>


<i>3.Where does Mrs. Parker work?</i>
<i>4.What does Van help Mr. Parker ?</i>
<i> 5.Does Van like to live with the Parkers.</i>
- hangs the poster with the Qs. and run
them through.



- notes Ss with simple present tense & asks
Ss to read the text again.


- gets feedback.


<b>3.post-reading:</b>


<i><b>Gap-fill (Part b-P.26)(T limits the gaps)</b></i>
*) answer key: 1.Ohio 2.farmer


<i>3. at a grocery store. 4.Peter 5.Sam</i>
<i>6.farm 7.they watch 8.baseball</i>


- hangs on the poster and asks the Ss to
work in groups .


- asks the whole to check.


(Picture)


- try out & repeat chorally-individually.
- give the meaning & make the sentences.
- run through the words.


- share their ideas in pairs ,go to the B.B
and match the words with its definitions.
-correct the answers.


- work in groups & give their answers on
the worksheets.



- stick their answers on the B.B.


-read it in 3 Ms & pick out the information
- give their answers and correct the F one.
<i>- He is living with the Parker family.</i>
<i>- He is a farmer.</i>


<i>- She works at a grocery store.</i>


<i>- He feeds the chickens, collects their eggs </i>
<i>and helps Mr. Parker on the farm.</i>


<i>- Yes, he does.</i>


- read through the Qs.


- read it individually and then share their
ideas in pairs.


- ask and answer the Qs. and then check.


- read the text ,write their answers on the
worksheets & then stick them on the b.b
and correct with teacher.


<b>IV. Consolidation:</b>


- generalizes the main contents of the lesson.
<b>V. Homework :</b>



- asks Ss to read the text again at home and do exercise 4 P.21 (workbook)
- asks Ss to prepare: Write- P.26, 27


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(26)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=26>

<b>Pre; Period: 18 Unit 3: A TRIP TO THE COUNTRYSIDE</b>


<b>Teaching</b> <b>Lesson 4: write</b>


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- know how to write a paragraph about their last picnic and revise the Simple Past
Tense.


<b>II. Skills: Writing and speaking</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>


<b>II. Checking: Asks one student to read the text about Van and answer the questions.</b>
? What does Van do/ ?Who is Van living with in the USA.


? How many people are there in the Parker/
<b>III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>


*)Lead-in:



- Teacher introduces Ba and his
friends with their last picnic to the
countryside.


-introduces the task of the lesson.
<b>1.pre-writing:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


- (to) put down: /put,put/...
- (to) lay out:/laid,laid/ ...
- (to) catch:/caught, caught/


- picnic site (Example)


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks


- instruct Ss to read


b)Act.2: Discover the pictures
<i>? Where did they go</i>


<i>? What did they take with</i>


<i>? How did they get to the picnic side</i>
<i>? What did they lay out</i>


<i>? Which game did they play</i>



<i>? What time did they run to the bus stop</i>
<i>? When did they arrive home.</i>


- sticks 5 pictures on the board and ask the
above questions.(Pictures at P-27)


- asks Ss to ask and answer with these Qs.
- gets feedback.


- introduces the paragraph through the
pictures.


- focuses Ss with the Simple Past Tense.
<b>2.while-writing:</b>


a)Act.1: Write a paragraph entitled A “
<i><b>country Picnic .(P-26,27)</b></i>“


- gives the first model sentence.


- asks Ss to write a paragraph ,using the
cues in the text book individually.


- goes round to help them and then gives
out the cellophanes.


<b>3.post-writing:</b>
<i><b>Exhibition</b></i>


- collects 3 drafts from Ss and put them in


`the overhead.


- listen to teacher.


Ex: We put down our suitcases


Ex: We laid out the food on the ground
Ex: I caught a bus to school.


- try out and repeat chorally- individually
- give the meaning& make sentences
- run them through & copy down.


- look at the pictures and answer the Qs. in
individuals.


- work in pairs with the pictures.
- ask and answer to the front
- listen to the teacher.


-give the form and the use


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(27)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=27>

- helps the whole to correct.
- asks them to copy down.


- share and compare their work.
- correct paragraphs with teacher
- copy it in their books


<b>IV. Consolidation :</b>



- asks the Ss to read out the paragraph and focus on the Simple Past Tense.
<b>V. Homework :</b>


- asks Ss to write the paragraph about their last picnic at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.28,29.


...
<b>Pre Period: 19 Unit 3: A TRIP TO THE COUNTRYSIDE</b>


Teaching Lesson 5: language focus
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Revise and practice further in Wish-clause (Type 1) and revise Prepositions of time.
- Understand and use the adverb clause of result with “ SO”.


<b>II. Skills: Writing and Speaking</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>


<b>II. Checking: Collects the paragraph Ss wrote at home.</b>
<b> III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>


1.Act.1: Write the full sentences, using
<i><b>Wish-Clause. (Prat 1-P.28,29)</b></i>



*) Model:


a) Ba/can have/new bicycle




<i>Ba wishes he could have a new bicycle.</i>
*) Structure:


S1+ wish+S2 + Vpast + (obj) + ...
<i>(to be<b></b>were; can <b></b>could;will<b></b>would ...)</i>


*)Answer key:


<i>b,Hoa wishes she could visit her parents</i>
<i>c,I wish I passed my exam.</i>


<i>d,We wish it did not rain.</i>
<i>e,He wishes he could fly.</i>
<i>f, they wish they stayed in Hue</i>


- asks Ss to look at the pictures and gives
the model.


- asks them to write the sentence, using
Wish- Clause.


- checks the meaning, form and ,use



- pay attention.


- write the full sentence.
<b>Possible paragragh</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(28)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=28>

- asks Ss to write the sentences.


- invites 5 to write their sentences on B.B
- helps Ss to correct.


<i><b>2.Act.2: Fill in the gaps with the suitable </b></i>
<i><b>preposition of time.(Part 2,3 </b></i>–<i><b>P.30)</b></i>
*)Answer key:


2) a-at; b-on; c-between;
<i>d-at; e-at; f-to</i>


3) a-on; b-at/in; c-in; d-at; e-in; f-at
- uses Network to revise the Prepositions of
time.


- checks the use of some Prepositions.
- gives the model.


- asks the whole to do group work.
- invites the answers


- helps them to correct.


<b>3.Act.3: Match the half-sentences.(Part </b>


<i><b>4-P.31).</b></i>


<b>*)Model:</b>


Hoa work hard. She passed her exam.


<i>Hoa worked hard, so she passed her </i>
<i>exam.</i>


<b>*)Structure:</b>


<i><b>The causative clause, SO + the result</b></i>
<i><b>clause</b></i>


- gives the example & asks Ss to combine
them into one.


- checks the meaning, use and the form.
- asks them to complete Excer. 4-P.31.
- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


- give the use and form and the meaning of
Wish-clause.


- work individually.


- write their sentences on the board.
- correct it with teacher.



- give Pres. They have known.
- give their ideas.


- do it with teacher.


- choose the suitable Pre. to fill in the gaps.
- speak out their answers and explain


- correct themselves.


- combine them if possible
- give the way to do it.
- work in pairs.


- speak out their answers
- check it with teacher.
<b>IV. Consolidation :</b>


- consolidates Ss with Wish-clause and Prepositions of time.


- asks Ss to combine the following sentences into one, using the adverb clause of result.
<i>1. Linh was out when we came. We left a message.</i>


<i>2. There was fog. Their flight was delayed.</i>
<i>3. The hotel was noisy. They could not sleep.</i>
<b>V. Homework :</b>


- asks Ss to do exercise 8,9,10-P.24,25 (workbook) at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Unit 4: Getting started and Listen & Read.



...
<b>Pre: Period: 20 Unit 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE</b>


<b>Teaching Lesson 1: Getting Started And Listen & Read</b>
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b> I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(29)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=29>

<b> II. Skills: Listening, reading and speaking</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Warm-up: Getting started: Brainstorm (P.32)</b>


T: asks Ss to choose the ways they learn English
Ss: work in groups and add some more


T: gets feedback


Ss: go to the board and write their ideas
T: asks the whole to add more.


II. New lesson


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
<i><b>*) Lead-in: introduces the conversation </b></i>


between Lan and Paola about the course
Lan wants to attend.



<b>1.Presentation:</b>
<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>exam/examination/...</i>
<i>/</i>


<i>{ examiner(N)</i>
<i>{ examine (V)</i>


<i>- (to) attend the course.</i>
<i>(example)</i>


<i>- (to) pass one/<sub>s exam </sub></i>
<i>(Situation)</i>


<i>- (to) fail one/<sub>s exam (Situation)</sub></i>
- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- asks Ss to make the sentences.
-run through the words.


<b>b,Act 2: Reported Speech with Question</b>
<i>words.</i>


<i>+ Model:</i>


*” What is your name?” she asked Lan
 She asked Lan what her name was.


+ Form:


S + asked +Obj+Qs. words (What,
<i>Who, How....)+ S + V +...</i>


Note: Động từ ở mệnh đề tờng thuật
đợc đa xuống một thì.


VD: Hiện tại đơn quákhứ đơn


<i> HiÖn tại tiếp diễn quá khứ tiếp </i>
<i>diễn</i>


- asks Ss to pick out the Qs. in the
dialogue


- writes the model and checks the
meaning, form & use. Revises Ss with
Reported Speech for Imperatives, Y/N
Qs.


<b>c.Act.3: Play the role with the dialogue</b>
<i><b>(P-32)</b></i>


- reads the dialogue twice
- asks the Ss to play the role.
- gets feedback


- asks the following questions



(Example)


Ex: I want to attend the English course.
Ex: Lan got 7 mark, so she passes her
exam


- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning& make sentences
- read them out.


- pick out the Qs.
- give their ideas.


- pay attention to the way to change the
Direct sentences into Indirect one.


- listen to teacher/<sub>s.</sub>


- play the role as Lan and Paola.
- practice the dialogue.


- read the dialogue to answer the Qs.


- read through the task


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(30)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=30>

?What are Lan and Paola talking
<i>about</i>



<i> ?What must Lan do to attend the </i>
<i>course</i>


<b>2.practice:</b>


<b>a.Act.1: read the dialogue and find out</b>
<i><b>the Qs which the examiner asks Lan </b></i>
<i><b>(Page 33)</b></i>


*) answer key:


1,2,6,7,9, 10, 14


- hangs on the Qs & explains the way.
- asks Ss to read the dialogue again and
complete the task.


- gets feedback & checks


- asks Ss to ask and answer the Qs. from
1 to 10


3.Further practice:
- asks Ss to change the Qs. at P.33
- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


- give their choices & explain the reason
- ask and answer about their information



-share their work in groups(Qs from 1 to
9)


- write their answers on the board.
- check it with teacher.


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks the Ss to work in pairs, asking and answering the questions (from 1 to 10)
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the lesson & do exercises 2,3- P.28,29 (workbook)
- asks Ss to prepare: Speak -P.34


...
<b> Pre Period: 21 Unit 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE</b>


Teaching Lesson 2: speak
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- use the pieces of language to persuade the others to do something and express their ideas
about a relevant matter.


<b>II. Skills: Speaking & writing</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>



<b>II. Checking: asks 3 Ss to change the following sentences into indirect sentences</b>
<i>1. Where do you learn English? I asked Lan</i>” ”


<i>2. Does she go to school? They asked me</i>” ”
<i>3. He is playing football. Nam said</i>” ”
<b>III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in: Questions


?If you are awarded a 2000 - dollar
scholarship, which countries in the world
do you want to go for studying.


?Which pieces of language do you use to
persuade your friends.


<b>1.pre-speaking:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- (to) agree # disagree(translation)</i>
<i> { agreement (N)</i>


<i>- (a) dormitory /.../(a place in </i>
<i>which Ss live for studying)</i>


<i>- (a) campus: a place on which </i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(31)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=31>

<i>universities and colleges stand.</i>



<i>- reputation(N) /.../ (translation)</i>
<i>- culture(N) /.../ (translation)</i>
<i>{ cultural (Adj)</i>


<b>- elicits the words from Ss.</b>


- says out and writes them on the board
- checks the meaning, pronunciation
- runs through the words.


<b>b)Act.2: The ways to persuade someone </b>
<i><b>else.</b></i>


<b>*) Model:</b>


<i>A: I think we should go to the Seattle </i>
<i>school of English in the USA. You can </i>
<i>stay with Vietnamese friends.</i>


<i>B; I disagree because we cannot practice</i>
<i>speaking with native speakers.</i>


<i>A: ...</i>
<b>*) The used languages:</b>


<i>I think ...</i>
<i>Why don/<sub>t we ... ?</sub></i>


<i>If we go to ..., We can ...</i>


<i>I think we /you should ...</i>
<i>-I agree/disagree because ...</i>
-hangs on the model and run it through.
- elicits the languages and checks the
meaning, use.


- explains more about the way to use it.
<b>2.while-speaking</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Practice persuading someone to </b>
<i><b>do something. (P.34)</b></i>


<b>- hangs on the Table with the information, </b>
run through the words and explains some
more word phrases.


- makes the model.


- asks Ss to work in pairs.


- asks Ss to show their ideas to the front.
<b>- corrects if necessary</b>


<b>3.post-speaking:</b>
<b>a,Act.1: Discussion</b>


<b>Situation: Persuade your friends to visit </b>
<i><b>some beautiful places you would like to </b></i>
<i><b>go.</b></i>



Ex: I think we should go to Ha Long bay.
<i>You can stay in lovely hotels and enjoy the </i>
<i>beautiful scenery.</i>


<i>- I disagree but it is too expensive.</i>


- gives the situation and asks Ss to work in
groups.


- invites each groups to persuade teacher.


- try out their ideas
- copy them down.
- give the meaning.


- following teacher/<sub>s instructions.</sub>


- play the role with teacher.
- talk about its use and form.
- copy down.


- read them through.


- make the model with teacher


- express their ideas in pairs  in groups.
- practice speaking.


- correct themselves.



- persuade their friends.


- give the persuading expressions
<b>IV.Consolidation:</b> <b> </b>


- asks Ss to revise the ways to persuade someone else.
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to do exercise 4,5-P.29,30
- asks Ss to prepare: Listen- P.35.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(32)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=32>

<b>Pre: Period: 22 Unit 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE</b>
Teaching date:<b>……….. Lesson 3: listen </b>


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand the dialogue about Nga/<sub>s studying English and talk about the problems </sub>
when they learn English.


<b>II. Skills: Listening & Speaking.</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Checking: Jumbled sentences.</b>


1.we/don/<sub>t/ on campus/Why/ live/in /a dormitory.?</sub>
(Why don/<sub>t we live in a dormitory on campus?)</sub>



2.do/think about/ going/What/you/ to Ha Noi capital.?
(What do you think about going to Ha Noi capital?)
<b> III. New lesson</b>:


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in: Nga is studying English in


London. Now she is talking to Kate about
problems when she learns English.


-introduces the lesson.
<b>1.pre-listening:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<b> - international bank:(Explanation)</b>
<i> - excellent(Adj)/.../(Example)</i>
<i> - improve (V) (Translation)</i>


<i> { improvement (N)</i>


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- asks Ss to make sentences and run them
through.


<b>b)Act.2: T/F statement prediction.(P.35)</b>
- hangs on the poster with the statements
and introduces the content of the dialogue.
- runs through the statements.



- asks Ss to predict the information
- gets feedback.


<b>2.while-listening</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Listen and check the predictions</b>
<b>*) Answer key:</b>


<i>a,T b,T c,F d,T e,F f,T</i>
- asks Ss be about listening to the tape &
plays the tape twice.


- asks them to share their results.
- plays the tape once again


- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once again.


<b>b)Act.2: Listen and correct the false </b>
<i><b>statements..</b></i>


<b>*) Answer key:</b>


<i>c,She works for an international bank in </i>
<i>Ha Noi.</i>


<i>e,Her listening is terrible. (This is her </i>
<i>biggest problem. People talk very quickly</i>


<i>and she can/<sub>t understand them)</sub></i>


- plays the tape twice again.
- asks them to share their results.


(pictures)


Ex: My writing is excellent


Ex: I always improve my listening skill.
- try out and repeat chorally- individually
- give the meaning & pronunciation


- make the sentences and read through the
words.


- keep attention
- read them first.


- work in groups, writing their predictions
on the worksheets


- stick their predictions on the board.


- listen and choose the correct answers.
- work in groups & share their ideas.
- keep listening.


- speak out their answers.



- check and correct their predictions.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(33)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=33>

- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once again and gives
feedback.


<b>3.post-listening:</b>
<i><b>Discussion</b></i>
<b>Questions:</b>


<i>1, What aspects of learning English is </i>
<i>difficult for you?</i>


<i>2,Which skills are you good at?/ bad at?</i>
<i>3,What can you do to improve your </i>
<i>listening/ speaking/...?</i>


- writes the above questions on the board
and asks Ss to discuss in pairs


- invites Ss to give their ideas.
- helps them more.


- share their ideas in pairs.
- speak out their answers.
- correct their answers.


- share their ideas in pairs.
- express their ideas.


- get it.


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks Ss to talk about the content of the dialogue, basing on the statements.
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to brainstorm the ways to improve their English at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Read- P.36.


...
<b>Pre: Period: 23 Unit 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson 4: read </b>


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand the details of the text about Van/<sub>s life in the USA and know more about the </sub>
life on a farm..


<b>II. Skills: Reading & writing </b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. checking: Questions.</b>


<b>T: invites one or two Ss and asks the following questions:</b>


<i>?Do you like learning English/ When did you begin studying English?</i>


<i>?Is English difficult/ How can you improve your English at home?.</i>
Ss: answer the Qs. individually.


III. New lesson:


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>
*)Lead-in:


- asks the Qs.


<i>? Do you want to participate in a </i>
<i>English course. </i>


<i>? Have you ever read any </i>


<i>advertisements for English courses.</i>
<i>? What do they say.</i>


-introduces the content of the lesson.
<b>1.pre-reading:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- beginner(s) (N,A) /.../</i>
<i>- intermediate (Adj.)/.../</i>
<i>- advanced level (Adj.)</i>


<i>- well- qualified </i>


<i>(Adj.)/.../</i>



<i>Ex: Our school has well-qualified teachers</i>


- think about and then speak out their ideas




(translation)
(translation)
(translation)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(34)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=34>

<b>- elicits the words from the Ss and says </b>
them out.


- writes and checks.
- instructs Ss to read.


- uses “ Matching” to check vocab. And
asks Ss to correct.


<b>b)Act.2: Answer the questions.</b>
<i>1.What languages can you study in </i>
<i>Foreign Language Council?</i>


<i>2.What can the New English Institute help </i>
<i>you.?</i>


<i>3.What can The Academy of Language </i>
<i>help you?.</i>



- introduces the topic.


- hangs on the Qs. and asks Ss to read the
advertisements.


- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.
<b>2.while-reading</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Read the advertisements and fill </b>
<i><b>in the information.(Part.a - P.36)</b></i>


*)Answer key: ()


- hangs on the Table and focuses Ss on the
information.


- asks Ss to read the advertisements to fill
in the information.


- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


- makes the model and asks Ss to ask and
answer about the information on the table.
Ex:



<i>A: When does the Academy of Language </i>
<i>have the class?</i>


<i>B: In the morning, the afternoon and the </i>
<i>evening everyday.</i>


<i>A: ...</i>
<b>3.post-reading: Discussion</b>
<i><b>Question:</b></i>


<i>1. Which school do you choose? Why?</i>
- asks the question


- gets feedback


- give the meaning & make the sentences.
- run through the words.


- share their ideas and go to the B.B and
match the words with the definitions.
<i>-We can study English, French or Chinese </i>
<i>-It helps us improve our English</i>


<i>- It helps us speak a foreign language with </i>
<i>others.</i>


- keep attention.


- work in groups to answer the questions
- write their answers on the B.B.



- share their ideas.


- read through the information.


- work in groups, write their answers on the
worksheets.


- stick them on the board.


- share their answers and explain.
- ask and answer the information.


- share their ideas in groups.
- give their ideas.


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- gives Ss a piece of advice to choose the course or the way to improve their English
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to read the text at home again and do exercise 6 P.31 (workbook)
- asks Ss to prepare: Write- P.37


<b>Vi.supplementary notes:</b>


<b> School</b> <b> Class time Language Level</b> <b> Time to start</b>


(morning/afternoon..) (beginner/...)



<b>Academy of Language</b> morning, afternoon, <b>advanced</b> First week of November


evening


<b>Foreign Language Council morning</b>, afternoon beginner/intermediate 3nd<sub> November</sub>


<b>New English Institute</b> afternoon, evening beginner <b>(today)</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(35)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=35>

<b>Pre: Period: 24 Unit 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE </b>
<b>Teach: Lesson 5: WRITE</b>


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- know how to write a letter of inquiry to request for the information about the courses.
<b>II. Skills: Writing.</b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Revision: </b>


T: gives a letter that Nam writes to Hoa with the jumbled order and asks Ss to arrange it
into the right order.


Ss:Work in groups and give their orders.
T: asks Ss to comment the order of the letter.
<b>III. New lesson:</b>



<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>


*)Lead-in: - Teacher :? Are there any
differences between a letter for your


friends and the one for your school
managers.


- introduces the task of the lesson.
<b>1.pre-writing:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>
<i>- (to) edit: (Example)</i>
<i> { edition (N) /.../</i>
<i>- inquiry(N) /.../ (trans.)</i>
<i>- Could you please + V ... ?</i>
<i>- fee (N) (Example)</i>


<i>- (to ) look forward to + V-ing (Trans.)</i>
- elicits first and says out the words


- writes and asks for examples
- instruct Ss to read.


b)Act.1: Presentation text


*) Outline for A letter of inquiry:
+ Heading: on the right above the letter.


<i>- address of the writer</i>


<i>- date:; April 17th<sub>, 2003 </sub></i>


+ Opening: Dear ..., (Sir/Mr./Mrs.)
+ Body of the letter : What you request


<i>- Introduction:</i>
<i>- Request:</i>


<i>- Further information:</i>
+ Closing: a polite one


- Yours faithfully/sincerely/...
<i> - your signature-Your name.</i>


- asks Ss to read the letter at P.37 to find
out the outline.


- gets feedback.


- explains the steps more clearly by the Q.:
<i>What is the aim of this part?</i>


<b>2.while-writing:</b>


a)Act.1: Write a letter of inquiry.(P.37)
-asks Ss to read the outline at P.37 again.
- asks Ss to choose the advertisements at


- listen to teacher.



Ex: Could you please give me your book ?
Ex: I look forward to hearing from you.
- try out and repeat chorally- individually
- give the meaning& make sentences
- run them through & copy down.


- read it in individuals and give their ideas.
- give their opinions.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(36)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=36>

Part 5-P36 to write a letter about 80 words
- goes around to instruct Ss.


- gives out the cellophanes.(about 4)
<b>3.post-writing: Exhibition</b>


- collects 3 drafts from Ss and put them in
the overhead.


- helps the whole to correct.
- asks them to copy down.


- read and make sure about the contents.
- use the information in the advertisements
to write a letter.


- write a letter for themselves.


- discuss in groups, share their ideas and
write their work on the cellophanes.
- share and compare their work.


- correct paragraphs with teacher
- copy it in their books


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks the Ss to revise the outline of a letter of inquiry.
<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to complete their letter at home and give it to T in the next lesson.
- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.38.


...
<b>Pre Period: 25 Unit 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson 6: language focus</b>


<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Revise and practice further in Modal verbs with IF and Reported Speech.
<b>II. Skills: Writing and Speaking</b>


<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Checking: Collects the letters Ss wrote at home.</b>
<b> III. New lesson:</b>


<b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>Ss</sub>/<sub> activities</sub></b>



1.Act.1: Complete the sentences, use
<i><b>Modal verbs with the information in the </b></i>
<i><b>box. (Part 1-P.38)</b></i>


*) Model:


-You want to get good marks. You must
study hard.




<i>If you want to get good marks, you must </i>
<i>study hard.</i>


*) Structure: IF-Clause(Type 1)-Possible
<b>conditionals at present or in the future</b>
<i> IF-Clause,S+modal verbs + V-inf.</i>
<i>Or S+modal verbs + V-inf.. + IF-Clause</i>
*)Answer key:(Teacher/<sub>s book)</sub>


- gives the model and elicits the situation.
- asks them to combine two into one, using


<b>Possible letter</b>


12 Le Loi street, Dong Ha Town
Quang Tri Province, Viet Nam.
November 15th<sub>, 2005.</sub>


Dir Sir,



I saw your Institute/<sub>s advertisement on TV program today. I am very interrested in ...</sub>
I can speak little English, but I ...


Could you please provide more information about ... ? ...
I look forward to hearing from you soon.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(37)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=37>

IF- Clause.


- checks the meaning, form and ,use
- asks Ss to complete Excer. I .


- invites the answers
- helps Ss to correct.


<i><b>2.Act.2: Complete the table.(Part 2 –</b></i>
<i><b>P.38)</b></i>


*)Reported Speech:(Teacher/<sub>s book)</sub>
- elicits the ways to change the direct
sentences into indirect one .


- asks Ss to complete the table in groups.
- gets feedback


- emphasizes the ways to change them and
helps them to correct.


<b>3.Act 3: Change the affirmative </b>



<i><b>sentences into indirect ones.(Part 3-P.39).</b></i>
*)Ex:


“ I/<sub>m happy to see you” (Aunt Xuan)</sub>


<i>Aunt Xuan said she was happy to see you</i>
*)Answer key:(Teacher/<sub>s book)</sub>


- gives the example & asks Ss to change it .
- checks the form and focuses Ss on verb
form, persons and timing words.


- asks them to complete Excer. 3-P.39.
- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


4.Act 4: Change the sentences into
<i><b>indirect ones.</b></i>


*)Ex:


-“ Does she play tennis?”


<i>Nga asked me if /whether I played tennis.</i>
-“ Where do you live? “ Nga asked


 Nga asked me where I lived
*)Answer key: (Teacher/<sub>s book)</sub>



- gives the example & asks Ss to change it .
- checks the form and focuses Ss on


reported verb , persons ,timing words and
the position of factors in the sentence.
- asks them to complete Excer. 4-P.39.
- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


- pick out the situation.
- try to do it.


- give the use and form and the meaning of
IF-clause.


- work in pairs.


- speak out their answers.
- correct it with teacher.


- revise the ways for Affirmative, Y/N Qs.
and question words sentences.


- share their ideas.


- speak out their answers and explain
- correct themselves.


- change it into the indirect sentence.


- pick out the way to do it.


- work in pairs.


- write their answer on the board.
- check it with teacher.


- change it into the indirect sentence.
- pick out the way to do it.


- work in pairs.


- write their answer on the board.
- check it with teacher.


<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(38)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=38>

<b>V.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to do exercise 5-P.30 and 7-P.33 (workbook) at home.
- asks Ss to prepare :3,4 for 45-minute exam.


...


<b>Pre: Period: 26 Eng Lish written test II </b>
<b>Teaching: </b>


<b>I. Objectives: </b>
1. Knowledge:



- helps Ss to examines and evaluate their learning


- helps T to evaluate the teaching way and how well Ss get the aims.
- Teacher has method for next periods


2. Skills: Writing, reading, vocabulary. and grammar practice.
<b>II. Preparation :</b>


- Material : prepare tests
- Equipment:


<b>III. Testing Process:</b>
1.Class organization
Attendance: 9A:
9B:
2.Oral test


- the students prepare do the test
3.Testing : Test( Ch½n)


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. change B. fame C. man D. sale
2. A. Comfort B. long C. son D. ton
3. A. boot B. food C. loose D. stood
4. A. bread B. jeans C. neat D. seat
5. A. kind B. Egypt C. shy D. style
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>



1.The village of the stone carving …………. Near the foot of the Marble Mountains.


A. lies B. laid C. Lain D. Lay


2.The banyan tree ... the entrance to my village is over one hundred years old .


A. on B. at C. in D. to


3.if you need some rest after work , please come ………… to enjoy yourself.


A. on B. there C. here D. in


4.after an hour ………….. on the farm . the buffalo was given some hay.


A. plow B. plowing C. plowed D. plough


5.Tam’s uncles and aunts have good health because they………… the fresh air in the
countryside.


A. like B. love C. prefer D. enjoy


6.My teacher said we needed to learn this poem……… heart.


A. in B. on C. by D. with


7.what ……… of language learning do you find most interesting ?


A. part B. grammar C. section D. aspect


8.Practicing ………. With a native speaker helps improve our pronunciation .


A. speak B. speaking C. conversation D. talks


<b> III. Rewrite the following sentences , using the cues..(2points)</b>
1.“ How far is it to school? ” Nam asked Lan.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(39)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=39>

2.“ Do you get home after 10.30 ? ”.I asked him.


 I asked him ...
3.“ I can wait for you outside the office? ” He told me.


 He told me ...
4.They do not have the key to open the lab. They wish ...


 They wish...
5.The holidays were very cheap. They booked one immediately. (SO)
 ... ...
<b> IV.Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets ( 1,5points)</b>


1.John and I (be)………….………pen pal for 3 years .


2.I don’t have a sister . I wish I (have)……… a sister .


3.They used ( wear) ……… jeans when they (be)……… young.
4.The boys like (play) ……… games but hate (do)……… lesson.
5.would you mind (show)………me how (send)………an e-mail.
<b> III./ Read the text and answer the following questions :.(1,5 points)</b>


Last week, Ba went to see the doctor because he had an awful stomachache . the
Doctor asked Ba some questions about the dinner last night . Ba said he had some
fish , rice and soup . He also ate some spinach but his mom and Dad didn’t . the Doctor


said he should wash the spinach more careful , because the vegetables can be dirty.
They have dirt from the farm . the dirt can make people sick. The Doctor gave Ba
some medicine to make him feel better .


<i> Answer the questions:</i>


1.why did Ba go to the doctor ?
2.what did the doctor ask Ba?
3.what did he have for dinner ?


4.why should he wash vegetables well?
5.what did the doctor give Ba ?


<b>Test( LỴ)</b>


<b> I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that</b>
<b> of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. girl B. shirt C. skirt D. trip
2. A. coffee B. deer C. sleep D. sleeve
3. A. again B. rainy C. sailor D. said
4. A. jeans B. caps C. pants D. shirts
5. A. covered B. showed C. dressed D. sleeved
<b> II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>


1.Don’t forget ………..the shrines of the heroes and heroes whenever you
go on a sightseeing tour of Quang Tri province.


A. visit B. to visit C. visiting D. visited



2.The tourists spent nearly half an hour ………… photos of the pagoda and the tower.
A. catching B. to catch C. taking D. to take


3……….. boating in the river is an interesting experience.


A. going B. having C. go D.have


4. An exchange student needs to be independent………to live away from their family
for a year.


A. so B. as C. enough D. that


5. We wish We………...trip to the countryside for the summer vacation to come.
A. would do B. made C. did D. would make
6. Are there places ……… in the intermediate classes ?


A. available B. rest C. left D. still


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(40)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=40>

A. advertiser B. advertised C. advertsing D. advertisement
8. Working hard helps us get good ……… at school .


A. places B. grades C. points D. stands
<b> III. Rewrite the following sentences , using the cues..(2points)</b>


1.“ How far is it to school? ” Nam asked Lan.




Nam asked Lan ...
2.“ Do you get home after 10.30 ? ”.I asked him.





I asked him ...
3.“ I can wait for you outside the office? ” He told me.




He told me ...
4.They do not have the key to open the lab. They wish ...




They wish...
5.The holidays were very cheap. They booked one immediately. (SO)




... ...
<b>IV.Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets ( 1,5points)</b>


1.John and I (be)………….………pen pal for 3 years .


2.I don’t have a sister . I wish I (have)……… a sister .


3.They used ( wear) ……… jeans when they (be)……… young.
4.The boys like (play) ……… games but hate (do)……… lesson.
5.would you mind (show)………me how (send)………an e-mail.
<b>III./ Read the text and answer the following questions :.(1,5 points)</b>



Last week, Ba went to see the doctor because he had an awful stomachache . the Doctor
asked Ba some questions about the dinner last night . Ba said he had some fish , rice and
soup . He also ate some spinach but his mom and Dad didn’t . the Doctor said he should
wash the spinach more careful , because the vegetables can be dirty. They have dirt from the
farm . the dirt can make people sick. The Doctor gave Ba some medicine to make him feel
better .


<i>Answer the questions:</i>


1.why did Ba go to the doctor ?
2.what did the doctor ask Ba?
3.what did he have for dinner ?


4.why should he wash vegetables well?
5.what did the doctor give Ba ?


<b>đáp án và thang điểm ( Đề chẵn)</b>
<b>Câu I: 1 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựơc 0,25 điểm)</b>


1.C 2.B 3.D 4.A 5. B
<b>Câu II: 4 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,5 điểm).</b>


1.A 2.B 3.C 4. B 5. D 6. C 7. D 8. B
<b>Câu III: 2 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,4 điểm)</b>


1. Nam asked Lan how far it was to school.


2. I asked him if/whether he got home after 10.30


3. He told me that/ said that he could wait for me outside the office


4. They wish they had the key to open the lab.


5. The holidays were very cheap, so they booked one immediately
<b>Câu IV: 1,5 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,3 điểm)</b>


1. have been 2. had 3. to wear / were
4. playing / doing 5. showing / to send


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(41)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=41>

1. Because he had an awful stomachache .


2. the doctor / he asked Ba some questions……….


3. he had some fish, rice , soup and some spinach for dinner
4. Because the vegetables can be dirt


5. the doctor gave Ba / him some medicine.


<b>đáp án và thang điểm ( Đề Lẻ)</b>
<b>Câu I: 1 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựơc 0,25 điểm)</b>


1.D 2.B 3.D 4.A 5. C
<b>Câu II: 4 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,5 điểm).</b>


1.B 2.C 3.A 4. C 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. B


<b> Câu III: 2 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,4 điểm)</b>
<b> Câu IV: 1,5 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,3 điểm)</b>
<b> Câu V : 1,5 điểm ( mỗi câu đúng đợc 0,3 điểm )</b>


<b>Néi dung</b> <b>NhËn biÕt</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu</b>



<b>VËn dơng</b>


<b>cấp độ thấp</b> <b>cấp độ caoVận dụng</b> <b>Tổng</b>


KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL


Phonetics 5c


1® <b>5c 1®</b>


Vocabulary and
Grammar


8c


4® 5c


1,5®


<b>13c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 5,5®</b>


Writing 5c


2® <b>5c 2®</b>


Reading 5c



1,


<b>5c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>Tỉng</b> <b>8c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 4®</b>


<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1 ®</b>


<b>10c</b>


<b>3,5®</b>
<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>28c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 10®</b>
<b>4. Consolidation:</b>



- Comments the test
<b>5. Home works :</b>


- Prepare for next period : Unite 5 Getting stated – listen and read


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(42)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=42>

<b>Pre: Period : 27 UNIT 5: THE MEDIA</b>
<b>Teaching:</b> Lesson 1: <i><b>getting started and listen & read</b></i>
<b>I. Objectives:</b>


<b> a. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand and know the benefits of the kinds of media and the development of the
information net.


<b> b. Skills: Listening, reading and speaking</b>
<b>II.Preparation: </b>


Material: Text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III. Teaching process:</b>


<b>1.Class organization:</b>
- Attendance: 9A:
9B:
<b>2.Oral test :</b>


-The students prepare new lesson
<b>3.New lesson</b>


<b> A. Warm-up: Getting started: Chatting</b>



T: asks Ss to look at the pictures, asking and answering the Qs.
? Which of these activities do you often do in your free time?


<i>?How many hours a week do you spend (watching TV )?</i>
Ss: ask and answer the above Qs. in pairs and give their ideas
<b> B.Presentation:</b>


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Presentation


Practice


<i><b>*) Lead-in: Network</b></i>


Television
<b> radio</b>


<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary</b>
<i>- (a) town crier(Picture)</i>
<i>- late (A,Adv) # latest (A,Adv)</i>
<i>- interact(v) (trans.)</i>


<i> { interaction(N)</i>
<i> {interactive(A)</i>


<i>- (a) remote control./.../ (Picture)</i>
<i>- (to) bring about(Trans.)</i>



- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- asks Ss to make the sentences.


- uses What and Where to check vocab.
<b>b.Act.2: Listen and then match the </b>
<i><b>passage with the facts and events (Part </b></i>
<i><b>a).</b></i>


<b>*)Answer key:</b>


<i> 1. D 2.B 3.B 4.C 5.A 6.D</i>


Newspaper


Ex: TV brings about the
<i>interesting programs to us.</i>
- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning & make
sentences.


- read and rewrite the words
on the board.


- have 1 M to read through
<b>We get information</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(43)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=43>

Production


- hangs on the poster and focus Ss on the
information


- explains the listening task.
- plays the tape twice


- asks Ss to share their answers in pairs
and then read the text to check.


- gets feedback.


- helps the whole to check


<b>a.Act.1: Comprehension questions (Part</b>
<i><b>b - Page 42)</b></i>


*) answer key:


<i>1. He/She goes through the city, ringing a</i>
<i>bell and shouting the latest news.</i>


<i>2. It is widely read by both teenagers and</i>
<i>adults.</i>


<i>3. TV brings about the latest information </i>
<i>and interesting programs in an </i>


<i>inexpensive and convenient </i>


<i>way...</i>


<i>4. They are able to ask questions about </i>
<i>the show by using their remote controls. </i>
- hangs on the Qs & explains the way.
- asks Ss to read the text again and
answer the four questions.


- gets feedback .


- asks the whole to check.


<b>a,Act.1: Ask and answer about </b>
<i><b>yourselves.</b></i>


<i>1. What kinds of magazines and </i>
<i>newspapers do you read?</i>


<i>2. What is your favorite type of </i>
<i>media? Why?</i>


- writes the Qs. On the board and asks Ss
to work in groups


- gets feedback.


- helps Ss to add more information.


the facts and events.



- follow T/<sub>s and copy down </sub>
the numbers.


- listen and take notes


- share their results and read
the text to check what they
get.


- give their answers.
- check and explain the
results.


(How can viewers interact
<i>with TV)</i>


- read through the task


- work in pairs to share their
ideas


- ask and answer the


questions and then write the
right answers on the board.
- check the answers with
teacher.


- work in groups of four
- give their ideas.



- copy down.
<b>4.Consolidation: Brainstorm</b>


<i>- Asks Ss to work in groups to list out benefits of types of media.</i>
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- Learn by heart new words


- do exercises 1- P.35 (workbook)


- asks Ss to prepare for next period : Speak and listen


...


<b>Pre: Period: 28 UNIT 5: THE MEDIA</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson 2: speak and listen </b>


<b>I. Objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- understand the dialogue about Nga/<sub>s studying English and talk about the problems </sub>
when they learn English.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(44)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=44>

<b>II.Preparation: </b>


Material: Text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III. Teaching process:</b>



<b>1.Class organization:</b>
- Attendance: 9A:
9B:
<b>2.Oral test :</b>


- do 1 P35 in work book
-The students prepare new lesson
<b>3.New lesson</b>


A. Warm up:


<i> - asks Ss to list out the types of the media.</i>
<i>? What benefits can we get from the media</i>


<i>? When and where did the first newspapers appear.</i>
<i>? How about the telegraph</i>


<i>- introduces the lesson</i>
B. Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


<b>Pre</b>


<b>While</b>


<b>Post</b>


<b>Pre</b>



Pre: Speaking


*Introduces new words
-folk music :


-cartoon :
-literature :
-news


-safe traffic news (n) : BTATGT
-documentory :


-health for every one :SK cho mäi ngêi
-Review: Tag questions


-kiểm tra thông tin hoặc đợc dùng ….đồng
tình của ngời khác


Ex: It is a nice day, isn’t it?
She isn’t beautiful, is she?
While:speaking


*now base on the sample dialogue and the
information in the table, you make similar
dialogues to you like or dislike


-calls on some pairs work
Correct the mistake



-give suggestion
P


ost : speaking


*Requests st’s do the exercises
1.Hoa isn’t having dinner,………..?
2.you like coffee,………?
3.your mother enjoys watching the price
of right,………?


4.Nam prefers film to news,………..?
*.p re-listening:


a)Act.1: Vocabulary
- (the) assignment
<b> - (to) appear :(Trans.)</b>


-listen and repeat


-practice and write down
*children corner


*game shows
*wild life world
*wheel of fortune
*the price of right
*catch phrase


*who wants to be millon


*the road to the Olympia peak


-work in pairs make the similar
dialogues between Lien and
trung


-some pairs practice before class


-do exercise complete the tag
questions


1….. is she ?
2……don’t you ?
3……..doesn’t she ?
4……..doesn’t he?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(45)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=45>

<b>While</b>


<b>Post</b>


<i> - (the) telegraph/.../(Example)</i>
- viable(Adj.)/../ = popular


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- instructs Ss to read the words .
b)Act.2: Open prediction.(P.43)


- hangs on the poster with the Table and


hands out the worksheets.


- runs through the information and focuses
on the time and the events.


- asks Ss to predict the missing
information


- gets feedback.
*.w hile-listening


a)Act.1: Listen and check the predictions
<b>*) Answer key:</b>


<i>a) the late 19th<sub> century</sub></i>
<i>b) Radio and Newsreels</i>
<i>c) in the 1950s</i>


<i>d) the Internet</i>
- gives instructions.
- plays the tape twice.


- asks them to share their results.
- plays the tape once again


- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once again and checks the
information..



*.p ost-listening :
- Model:


<i>Lien: You like watching sports, don/<sub> t you</sub><sub> ?</sub></i>
<i>Trung: Yes, I do</i>


<i>Lien: You don/<sub> t like</sub><sub> foreign films, do you?</sub></i>
<i>Trung: No, I don/<sub>t.</sub></i>


*. Structure: Tag question


<i>Affirmative sentence, Negative question?</i>
<i>Negative sentence, Affirmative question?</i>
- runs though them and check the


understanding.


- talks about the intonation: raising tone
for searching information; falling tone for
searching agreements; and then gives
notes


<i><b>Talk about the programs you like or </b></i>
<i><b>dislike. (P.42)</b></i>


*) Model:


<i>Lan: You like watching Folk music, don/<sub>t </sub></i>
<i>you?</i>



<i>Hai: What time?</i>
<i>Lan: At 8.30 on VTV1</i>


<i>Hai: No, I don/<sub>t. I prefer Cartoons. I like </sub></i>
<i>Tom& Jerry.</i>


- runs through the words on the table.
-hangs on the model and makes the model.
- asks Ss to work in groups & goes round
to elicit the expressions from Ss.


- asks Ss to show their ideas to the


- give the meaning &
pronunciation


- runs through them and copy
down.


- keep attention


- read through the information
and tell out their ideas.


- work in groups, writing their
predictions on the worksheets
- stick their predictions on the
board.


- pay attention.



- listen and take notes.


- work in groups & share their
ideas.


- keep listening.


- speak out their answers.


- give feedback and correct their
predictions.


<b>*) Notes:</b>


+ especial verbs


<i>- I am a student, am I not? Am/<sub>t </sub></i>
<i>I</i>


<i>- She may visit him, may she not?</i>
<i>Mayn/<sub>t</sub></i>


<i>- They can come there, cannot </i>
<i>they?</i>


+ Semi-negative words:
<i>- Never, hardly, scarcely, </i>
<i>seldom, rarely</i>



<i>- no one, nowhere, nobody </i>
Ex: You never read books, do
you?


- practice it in pairs and pick out
the Qs.


- give the meaning and discover
the structure and use.


- listen and copy down.


- read them through.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(46)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=46>

- practice speaking.
- correct themselves.
<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- uses Activity in Post- Listening
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- learn old lesson by heart
- do ex 3 in work book


- prepare for next period Read- P.43.


………


Pre: Period:29 UNIT 5: THE MEDIA
Teaching: Lesson 3: read



<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- understand and know the advantages and disadvantages of Internet.
<b> - To drill: Reading, speaking, listening & writing </b>


<b>II.Preparation: </b>


Material: Text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III. Teaching process:</b>


<b>1.Class organization:</b>
- Attendance: 9A:
9B:
<b>2.Oral test :</b>


- do 3 in work book


-The students prepare new lesson
<b>3.New lesson</b>


<b> A.warm up TV</b>
<b>revision: Brainstorm.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(47)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=47>

Internet newspapers
Radio



*)Lead-in:
- asks the Qs.


<i>?Have you ever used the Internet. </i>
<i>? What do you think about the Internet.</i>
-introduces the content of the lesson.
B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre..


While..


1.pre-reading :


a)Act.1: Vocabulary


<i>- surf the web:lít qua trang ..</i>
<i>- E-mail:th ®iƯn tư</i>


<i>- benefit:lợi ích </i>


<i>- junk mail: th quảng cáo</i>
<i>- lead:rò rỉ</i>


<i>- forum: diễn đàn</i>


<i>- convenience (N,) /.../</i>
<i> {convenient(Adj)</i>



<i>- (to) communicate (with)/../ </i>
<i>{ communication (N)</i>


<i>-(to) get access to : truy cËp</i>


<i>- time-consuming(Adj.): tèn thêi gian</i>
<i>- (to) wander : lang thang</i>


<i>Ex: I spend most of the time wandering </i>
<i>on the Internet.</i>


b)Act.2: Guiding questions


<i>1.How many people are using the </i>
<i>Internet in the Forum? Who are they?</i>
<i>2. What are they talking about?</i>


- introduces the topic of the text and asks
two above questions.


2.while-reading


a)Act.1: Read the text and answer the
<i>questions.(P.44)</i>


*)Answer key:


<i>1.She uses the Internet to get information</i>
<i>and to communicate with her friends & </i>


<i>relatives.</i>


<i>2. Because she lives in the countryside, </i>
<i>where the Internet is not available.</i>
<i>3. People use the Internet for education, </i>
<i>communication, entertainment </i>


<i>&commerce</i>


<i>4. the benefits of internet , it is use for </i>
<i>multi-purposes for getting information </i>
<i>for education , communication , </i>


<i>entertainment and commerce</i>


<i>5. yes, there are some disadvantages , it </i>
<i>is time-cosumining , costly , dangerous , </i>
<i>because of virusesb and bad programs.</i>



- listen and repeat


- practice and write down
- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


<i>-Four: Jim hello, Sandra Morgan, </i>


<i>Honghoa and Huansui.</i>


<i>-..about the advantages & </i>
<i>disadvantages</i>


<i>of the Internet.</i>


- read the text to answer the
questions.


- speak out their answers.
- take notes.


A-> response # 2
B -> response # 1
C -> response # 3


- read through the responses and
answer them in pairs.


- speak out &write their answers on
the BB


- correct the answers and copy down.
- ask and answer the Qs..


<i><b></b></i>


<i> I use it to get ……….</i>
- share their ideas in pairs.


- give their ideas.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(48)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=48>

Post..


- asks the whole to check.


- asks Ss to play the role with the Qs.,
Ex: 1. What do you use the Internet for?
3.post-reading:


<i>Question:</i>


<i>1. Do you agree or disagree with the </i>
<i>responses?</i>


<i>2. What is your response to this forum?</i>
- writes down the above questions and
asks Ss to work in pairs.


- gets feedback


-work in groups discuss and answer
the questions


- practice


<b>4.Consolidation: Brainstorming</b>


- asks Ss to work in groups and write the advantages and disadvantages on the board.
<i>for getting information time- consuming costly</i>



<i>for communication dangerous because viruses</i>
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to read the text at home again and do exercise 6 P.40 (workbook)
- Prepare test correction


<b></b>


<b>---Pre: Period : 30 TEST CORRECTION </b>
<b>Teaching:</b>


<b>I. Objectives</b>
<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- Students can be correct the test and know what they have done and haven’t done
- Teacher correct the test and has the method for next periods


<b>II.Preparation: </b>
Material: paper tests
Equipment:


<b>III. Teaching process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
- Attendance: 9A:
9B:
<b>2.Oral test :</b>


- do 6 p40 in work book
-The students prepare new lesson



<b> 3.New lesson:</b> <b>Test( Ch½n) </b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. change B. fame C. man D. sale
2. A. Comfort B. long C. son D. ton
3. A. boot B. food C. loose D. stood
4. A. bread B. jeans C. neat D. seat
5. A. kind B. Egypt C. shy D. style
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>


1.The village of the stone carving …………. Near the foot of the Marble Mountains.


A. lies B. laid C. Lain D. Lay


2.The banyan tree ... the entrance to my village is over one hundred years old .
<b>Advantages of</b>


<b>using the Internet</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(49)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=49>

A. on B. at C. in D. to


3.if you need some rest after work , please come ………… to enjoy yourself.


A. on B. there C. here D. in


4.after an hour ………….. on the farm . the buffalo was given some hay.



A. plow B. plowing C. plowed D. plough


5.Tam’s uncles and aunts have good health because they………… the fresh air in the
countryside.


A. like B. love C. prefer D. enjoy


6.My teacher said we needed to learn this poem……… heart.


A. in B. on C. by D. with


7.what ……… of language learning do you find most interesting ?


A. part B. grammar C. section D. aspect


8.Practicing ………. With a native speaker helps improve our pronunciation .
A. speak B. speaking C. conversation D. talks


<b> III. Rewrite the following sentences , using the cues..(2points)</b>
1.“ How far is it to school? ” Nam asked Lan.


 Nam asked Lan ...
2.“ Do you get home after 10.30 ? ”.I asked him.


 I asked him ...
3.“ I can wait for you outside the office? ” He told me.


 He told me ...
4.They do not have the key to open the lab. They wish ...



 They wish...
5.The holidays were very cheap. They booked one immediately. (SO)
 ... ...
<b> IV.Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets ( 1,5points)</b>


1.John and I (be)………….………pen pal for 3 years .


2.I don’t have a sister . I wish I (have)……… a sister .


3.They used ( wear) ……… jeans when they (be)……… young.
4.The boys like (play) ……… games but hate (do)……… lesson.
5.would you mind (show)………me how (send)………an e-mail.
<b> III./ Read the text and answer the following questions :.(1,5 points)</b>


Last week, Ba went to see the doctor because he had an awful stomachache . the
Doctor asked Ba some questions about the dinner last night . Ba said he had some
fish , rice and soup . He also ate some spinach but his mom and Dad didn’t . the Doctor
said he should wash the spinach more careful , because the vegetables can be dirty.
They have dirt from the farm . the dirt can make people sick. The Doctor gave Ba
some medicine to make him feel better .


<i> Answer the questions:</i>


1.why did Ba go to the doctor ?
2.what did the doctor ask Ba?
3.what did he have for dinner ?


4.why should he wash vegetables well?
5.what did the doctor give Ba ?



<b>Test( LỴ)</b>


<b> I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that</b>
<b> of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(50)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=50>

5. A. covered B. showed C. dressed D. sleeved
<b> II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>


1.Don’t forget ………..the shrines of the heroes and heroes whenever you
go on a sightseeing tour of Quang Tri province.


A. visit B. to visit C. visiting D. visited


2.The tourists spent nearly half an hour ………… photos of the pagoda and the tower.
A. catching B. to catch C. taking D. to take


3……….. boating in the river is an interesting experience.


A. going B. having C. go D.have


4. An exchange student needs to be independent………to live away from their family
for a year.


A. so B. as C. enough D. that


5. We wish We………...trip to the countryside for the summer vacation to come.
A. would do B. made C. did D. would make
6. Are there places ……… in the intermediate classes ?


A. available B. rest C. left D. still



7. Do you like the language center ……… in the Women’s Magazine ?
A. advertiser B. advertised C. advertsing D. advertisement
8. Working hard helps us get good ……… at school .


A. places B. grades C. points D. stands
<b> III. Rewrite the following sentences , using the cues..(2points)</b>


1.“ How far is it to school? ” Nam asked Lan.




Nam asked Lan ...
2.“ Do you get home after 10.30 ? ”.I asked him.




I asked him ...
3.“ I can wait for you outside the office? ” He told me.




He told me ...
4.They do not have the key to open the lab. They wish ...




They wish...
5.The holidays were very cheap. They booked one immediately. (SO)





... ...
<b>IV.Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets ( 1,5points)</b>


1.John and I (be)………….………pen pal for 3 years .


2.I don’t have a sister . I wish I (have)……… a sister .


3.They used ( wear) ……… jeans when they (be)……… young.
4.The boys like (play) ……… games but hate (do)……… lesson.
5.would you mind (show)………me how (send)………an e-mail.
<b>III./ Read the text and answer the following questions :.(1,5 points)</b>


Last week, Ba went to see the doctor because he had an awful stomachache . the Doctor
asked Ba some questions about the dinner last night . Ba said he had some fish , rice and
soup . He also ate some spinach but his mom and Dad didn’t . the Doctor said he should
wash the spinach more careful , because the vegetables can be dirty. They have dirt from the
farm . the dirt can make people sick. The Doctor gave Ba some medicine to make him feel
better .


<i>Answer the questions:</i>


1.why did Ba go to the doctor ?
2.what did the doctor ask Ba?
3.what did he have for dinner ?


4.why should he wash vegetables well?
5.what did the doctor give Ba ?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(51)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=51>

<b>Câu I: 1 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựơc 0,25 điểm)</b>


1.C 2.B 3.D 4.A 5. B
<b>Câu II: 4 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,5 điểm).</b>


1.A 2.B 3.C 4. B 5. D 6. C 7. D 8. B
<b>Câu III: 2 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,4 điểm)</b>


1. Nam asked Lan how far it was to school.


2. I asked him if/whether he got home after 10.30


3. He told me that/ said that he could wait for me outside the office
4. They wish they had the key to open the lab.


5. The holidays were very cheap, so they booked one immediately
<b>Câu IV: 1,5 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,3 điểm)</b>


1. have been 2. had 3. to wear / were
4. playing / doing 5. showing / to send


Câu V : 1,5 điểm ( mỗi câu đúng đợc 0,3 điểm )
1. Because he had an awful stomachache .


2. the doctor / he asked Ba some questions……….


3. he had some fish, rice , soup and some spinach for dinner
4. Because the vegetables can be dirt


5. the doctor gave Ba / him some medicine.



<b>đáp án và thang điểm ( Đề Lẻ)</b>
<b>Câu I: 1 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựơc 0,25 điểm)</b>


1.D 2.B 3.D 4.A 5. C
<b>Câu II: 4 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,5 điểm).</b>


1.B 2.C 3.A 4. C 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. B


<b> Câu III: 2 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,4 điểm)</b>
<b> Câu IV: 1,5 điểm (Mổi câu đúng đựoc 0,3 điểm)</b>
<b> Câu V : 1,5 điểm ( mỗi câu đúng đợc 0,3 điểm )</b>


<b>Néi dung</b> <b>NhËn biÕt</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>


<b>cấp độ thấp</b> <b>cấp độ caoVận dụng</b> <b>Tổng</b>


KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL


Phonetics 5c


1® <b>5c 1®</b>


Vocabulary and
Grammar


8c



4® 5c


1,5®


<b>13c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 5,5®</b>


Writing 5c


2® <b>5c 2®</b>


Reading 5c


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(52)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=52>

5® <b> 1,5®</b>


<b>Tỉng</b> <b>8c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 4®</b>


<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1 ®</b>


<b>10c</b>


<b>3,5®</b>
<b>5c</b>



<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>28c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 10®</b>
<b>4. Consolidation:</b>


- Comments the test
<b>5. Home works :</b>


- Prepare for next period : Unite 5 Write




<b>---Pre: Period: 31 UNIT 5: THE MEDIA</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson ; 4 Write</b>


<b>I. Objectives:</b>


<b> - At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- write a passage about the benefits of the Internet in people/<sub>s life.</sub>
- To skill: Writing.


<b>II.Preparation: </b>


Material: text book, work book and subboard
Equipment:



<b>III. Teaching process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
- Attendance: 9A:
9B:
<b>2.Oral test :</b>


-The students prepare new lesson
3.New lesson:


A. warm up:


Jumble words ; - get information
- chatting


- communicate
- access


- wander
B.Presentation:


<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>St’s activities</sub></b>


Pre <b>*.Pre-writing:</b>
a)Act.1: Brainstorm.
Benefits of the Internet
<i>+ a source of information:</i>


<i>- get information conveniently and fast</i>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(53)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=53>

While


Post


<i>- get local and international news</i>


<i>- book tickets for the next soccer match..</i>
<i>+ a source of entertainment:</i>


<i>- listen to music/ the radio/ </i>
<i>- watch videos </i>


<i>- play games .</i>


<i>+ a source of education:</i>


<i>- learn English, look up new words,..</i>


<i>- take part in a learning course by on-line </i>
<i>schools/lessons</i>


<i>+ means of commerce:</i>


<i>- make a contact on business</i>


- introduces the Internet and asks Ss to list
out its main benefits.


- writes their ideas on the board and adds
some more.



- explains: on-line, book, make a contact ..
- instructs Ss to write a passage about
benefits of the Internet, using: Firstly,
<i><b>secondly, next, and then, </b><b>finally</b></i>……..
<b>Ex: </b><i>The Internet has increasingly developed</i>
<i>and become part of our everyday life.</i>


<i>Firstly, We use it as a source of information</i>


<i>such as: we can </i>……….


<b>*.while-writing:</b>


a)Act.1: Write a passage about benefits of
<i>the Internet. (Part 6-P.44)</i>


- asks Ss to read the outline and the texts at
P. 43 again to write a passage individually.
- goes around to instruct Ss.


- gives out the cellophanes(about 4) and
asks Ss to write their passages in groups.
<b>*. post-writing:</b>


<i><b>Exhibition</b></i>


- collects 3 drafts from Ss and put them in
the overhead.



- helps the whole to correct.
- asks them to copy down.


- read the texts at P-43,
share their ideas and then
speak them out


- follow teacher/<sub>s</sub>
- copy them down.
- listen and note down.


- read it and write it
individually, using the
information in Brainstorm
and the text.


- write a letter for
themselves.


- discuss in groups, share
their ideas and write their
work on the cellophanes.
- share and compare their
work.


- correct passages with
teacher


- copy it in their books



<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- asks the Ss to revise the way to write a passage and benefits pf the Internet.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to complete their letter at home and give it to T in the next lesson.
<b>Possible form</b>


The Internet has become part of our everyday life. Is very useful and has a lot of
benefits.


Firstly, we can use it as a source of communication. For example, we can
communicate with our friends or relatives in another countries and ……..


Secondly, the Internet is seen as a means of education. We can take part in a learning
course by on-line schools and learn English or French……..


Next, We can use it as a source of entertainment such as playing games, listening to
music and watching videos. ….


Finally, we can use it as a means of commerce. We can make contacts on business
and …………


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(54)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=54>

- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.45.


...


<b>Pre: Period: 32 UNIT 5: THE MEDIA</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson 5: language focus</b>



<b>I.Objectives:</b>


1, Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- Revise and practice further in Tag questions ,Gerund and V-to-infinitive
2, Skills: Writing and Speaking


<b>II.Preparation: </b>


Material: text book, work book and subboard
Equipment:


<b>III. Teaching process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
- Attendance: 9A:
9B:
<b>2.Oral test :</b>


Game: Verb Focus.


-The students prepare new lesson


<b>3. New lesson:</b>


A.warm up: Tranformation writing
< interrogative and tag question>
1.they like banana,…………?
2.He is a teacher ,…………..?
3.He can swim ,……….?
4.they aren’t students ,………?



5.you don’t like watching TV ,………?
B.Presentation:


<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>St’s activities</sub></b>


Presentation A/ Tag question;


a. _______ , + ?
b. + , _______ ?


Ex:- the house is beautiful, isn’t it?
- the house isn’t cheap , is it ?
* - I’m a student , aren’t I ?
- I am late , aren’t I ?


* ( can , could , may , might , , be )
- He can play soccer , can’t he ?
- There is a problem, isn’t there ?
* Do / Does


- He likes coffee , doesn’t he ?
- They don’t play soccer , do they ?
* Chñ tõ; ( no body , somebody, every
body, no one)


- everybody understood the film , don’t
they?


- some body will do it , won’t they?


B. Gerund verbs:


* after some verbs:


- give the structure.
- Practice and write
Down


like enjoy hate finish
postpone avoid want invite


ask tell


V+ V-ing V + V-to-inf.
- enjoy


- ………


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(55)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=55>

Practice
Part 1


Part 2


Part 3


Ex; To go => going
To think => thinking
To behave => behaving


Ex; - Going to the cinema is fun.


- behaving like that is not good.
* after preposition


Ex,- I’m thinking about going camping in.
- She is afraid of going there .


1.Act.1: Complete the dialogue with
<i><b>correct Tag questions. (Part 1-P.45)</b></i>
*) Model:


-You have read this article, haven<i>/<sub>t you?.</sub></i>
*) Answer key:


<i>b, didnt/<sub>t he? d, do you?</sub></i>
<i>c, wasn/<sub>t it? e, aren</sub>/<sub>t we?</sub></i>


- gives the model and checks the way to
use Tag question.


- asks them to complete the excer. in pairs.
- gets feedback & helps Ss to correct.
- asks them to practice the dialogue in
pairs.


- invites three pairs to practice.


<i><b>2.Act.2: Ask and answer questions about </b></i>
<i><b>the television programs, using Tag </b></i>


<i><b>questions( Part 2-P-45)</b></i>


*) Example:


<i>a, A: Tuan likes news, doesn/<sub>t he ?</sub></i>
<i> B: Yes, he does.</i>


<i>b, A: Mai and Anh don/<sub>t like news, do </sub></i>
<i>they?</i>


<i> B: No, they don/<sub>t.</sub></i>


- asks Ss to read through the information
in the Table and gives the model.


- checks the way to use Tag question again
- asks Ss to ask and answer the questions
in pairs.


- gets feedback


- helps them to correct.


<b>3.Act 3: Write true sentences, using the </b>
<i><b>words in three boxes.(Part 4-P.46).</b></i>
*)Ex:


My father likes watching sports but my
<i>mother doesn/<sub>. She loves listening to </sub></i>
<i>music.</i>


- gives the example & checks the way to


use: like, enjoy,…….


- asks Ss to write other sentences by
choosing one word in each box.
- invites the answers on the board..
- asks the whole to check.


- work in pairs.


- speak out their answers &
correct it.


- play the role with the
dialogues.


- practice the dialogue orally.


- read through the Table..
- revive Tag question with the
way and use


- work in pairs, using the
model.


- ask and answer, using Tag..
- correct themselves.


<i>- like/enjoy/…... + V-ing</i>


- work individually and then in


pairs, writing about their
mother, father…....


- write their answer on the
board.


- check it with teacher.
<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- asks Ss to work in groups to complete the following exercices.
<i>*) Complete the following sentences, using Tag Questions:</i>
<i>1.</i> We love using the Internet, …………?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(56)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=56>

<i>3.</i> We have never used the Internet,……..?


<i>4.</i> They didn/t read advertisements yesterday, ………..?


<i>*) Use the right form of the verb in parentheses.</i>


1. My sister enjoy …………(watch) cartoons.


2. They are excited at ……….. (hear) the information.
3. Do you mind ……… (buy) me a newspaper?


4. They want him ……….(work) hard in English.
5. I /<sub>d like …….. (invite ) Nga and Lan to my house.</sub>
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to redo all the exercises above .



- asks Ss to prepare: Reported Speech for the Review lesson.


...
Pre: Period: 33

<b>Revision </b>



Teaching:<b> </b>
<b>I. objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- Revise and practice further in the Word-formation, tenses, wish-clause and Reported
Speech.


<b>II.Preparation: </b>


Material: text book, work book and subboard
Equipment:


<b>III. Teaching process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
- Attendance: 9A:
9B:
<b>2.Oral test :</b>


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Part 1



Part 2


1.Act.1: Use the right form of the words
<i><b>in parentheses.</b></i>


<i>a. We have completed the exercise..</i>
<i>b.The Internet helps us get fast.</i>


<i>c.The local . are listed in the newspapers</i>
<i>d. Nam speaks English </i>


<i>e. She draws the pictures ..</i>


- hangs on the excer. and asks Ss to explain
the way to do it.


- asks them to complete the excer. in pairs.
- gets feedback & helps Ss to correct.
<i><b>2.Act.2: Use the correct tense of the verbs</b></i>
<i><b>in parentheses.</b></i>


<i>a. Nam ..(buy) a dictionary yesterday.</i>
<i>b. When..(you/start) school? It was at 6?</i>
<i>c. We . (never/meet) Hung.</i>


<i>d. (she/work) for this company for three </i>
<i>years?</i>


<i>e. My mother (like) watching TV but my </i>


<i>father(not/enjoy) it.</i>


<i>f. What are they doing? They (play) in the</i>
<i>yard at the moment.</i>


- hangs on the excer. and asks Ss to revise


<i>(difficulty) <b></b> difficult</i>
<i>(inform) <b></b> information</i>
<i>(entertain) <b></b> entertainments</i>
<i>(fluent) <b></b> fluently</i>


<i>(good) <b></b> well</i>


- give the way to complete it.
- work in pairs.


- speak out their answers &
correct it.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(57)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=57>

Part 3


the way to use the simple present, simple
past, present continuous & present perfect.
- asks Ss to complete it in pairs.


- gets feedback


- helps them to correct and gives feedback
<b>3.Act 3: Rewrite the following sentences </b>


<i><b>with the words given.</b></i>


*)Ex: Nga is not in the class.


<i>a. We don/<sub>t have chance to use the Internet</sub></i>
<i>b. I gave Mary this present an hour ago.</i>
<i>c. They have found oil in the Antarctic.</i>
<i>d. I will not stay at home this evening. ...</i>
<i>e. Please clean this room I told Hai</i>
<i>f. Do you come to class early, Tu? She </i>
<i>asked.</i>


<i>g. What time will you get up tomorrow?.</i>
- gives the example & checks the way to
complete the task.


- explains more how the used knowledge.
- asks Ss to write other sentences by using
the words given..


- invites the answers on the board..
- asks the whole to check.


- give the structures and the
use.


- work in pairs, using the
model.


- give their answers and explain


the way.


- correct themselves.


- I wish she were in the class.
<i><b></b>We wish ……</i>


<i><b></b>This present ……....</i>




Oil <i>………..</i>




Lan said that ……….
<i><b></b>I told Hai ………....</i>
<i><b></b>She asked Tu ……….</i>
<i><b></b>I asked her …………....</i>
- talk about passive,
wish-clause and reported speech.
- copy it down.


- work individually and then in
groups.


- write their answers on the
board.


- check it with teacher.


<b>4. Consolidation :</b>


- asks Ss to work in pairs to complete the following sentences.
1. We/visit/Ha Long/3 years ago.


<i>- We visited Ha Long 3 years ago.</i>


2. My mother/work/a factory/since 2001.


- My mother has worked in a factory since 2001.


3. I/enjoy/use /Internet/and/take part in/collect/ garbage.


<i>- I enjoy using the Internet and taking part in collecting garbage.</i>
<b>5. Homework :</b>


- asks Ss to prepare: The tenses (active and passive), Reported Speech, Wish-clause,
prepositions, tag question for the first semester exam.


...
<b> Pre: Period: 34 review 2</b>


<b>Teaching: </b>
<b>I.objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- Revise and practice further in the Word-formation, tenses, wish-clause ,Reported
Speech, report speech.



<b>II.Preparation: </b>


Material: text book, work book and subboard
Equipment:


<b>III. Teaching process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
- Attendance: 9A:
9B:
<b>2.Oral test :</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(58)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=58>

<i><b>I Choose the best answer from A ,B , C or D. .</b></i>
1. They move to Thai Land ………..May 17.


A. on B. for C. in D. at


2. His brother was born ………….


A. 1975,April B. at 1975,April C. on April 1975 D. in April,1975
3. What subjects are you good …….. in the 9th<sub> form?.</sub>


A. about B. at C. in D. on


4. I am looking forward to …….. from you soon.


A. hear B. heard C. hearing D. hears


5. Most of us are interested in ………. the Internet.


A. use B. to use C. using D. used



6. This painting comes from his private ………….


A. collect B. collection C. collective D. collecting
7. We have had a lot of ………….to answer that question?.


A. difficult B. difficulty C. difficultly D. difficulties
8. Tim often practices his listening skill ………


A. excellence B. excellent C. excellently D. excellenty
9. She asked me …………I liked pop music..


A. if B. who C. whether D. A & C


10. Yesterday I ……….. to walk to school because I had no bicycle.
<i><b>II. Read the passage and choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to </b></i>
<i><b>fill in the gaps. Number 0 is an example.</b></i>


Mrs. Jackson is an old woman who has a small room …(0). an old house. She …(15)..
there since 1974. When her husband died in 1980, she …(16)… very sad. She has lived
alone .(17) .. a long time. After her husband/<sub>s death, Mrs. Jackson had …(18).. money at all,</sub>
so she found work in a factory. Her job was to clean offices. She …(19).to get up at 5 in the
morning. She doesn/<sub>t have much money but she …(20).. happier now.</sub>


15. A. is living B. lives C. has lived D. have lived


16. A. was B. is C. are D. were


17. A. since B. for C. in D. on



18. A. any B. more C. no D. many


19. A. must B. had C. should D. ought


20. A. is B. was C. are D. will


<i><b>III./. Read the text and decide the statements to be true(T) or false (F).</b></i>


Like other languages, English is always changing, but it changes very slowly. People
invent new words, borrow words from other languages and change the meaning of the words
as needed. For example, the English word “ Byte” was invented by computer specialists in
1959. The word “ Tomato” was borrowed from Nahuati, an American Indian language
spoken in Mexico. The word “ Meat” once referred to food in general. People learn English
as well as languages by listening, copying what they hear and using the language. Most
school children learn their first language easily and sometimes other languages as well.


21. Some English words borrowed from other languages. 21. ...
22. Some English words were invented by computers. 22. ...


23. “ Meat” means Food in general. 23. ...


24. One of the way to learn English is copying what you hear.. 24. ...
25. It is not easy for children to learn their first language. 25……….


<i><b> III./ Rewrite the following sentences in a different way, using the words given.</b></i>


27. The workers have built two new stores for three months.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(59)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=59>

28. We don/<sub>t have time playing computer games.</sub>



- We wish we……... ...………...
29. Daisy is not at home now, so I cannot meet her.


- I wish ………….. ...………...
30. “What games do you often play, Nga?.” They asked.


- They asked Nga ...………...
31. “We are wandering on the Internet this time” said Tom.


- Tom said that. ...………...
32. It took me three hours to take photos of Olympic champions on the net.


- I spent three hours...………...
<i><b>C©u I: 1.A 2.D 3.B 4.C 5.C 6.B 7.D </b></i>


8.C 9. D 10.A 11. C 12. C 13. B 14. A
<i><b>C©u II: 15. C 16.A 17. B 18. C 19.B 20. A</b></i>
<i><b>C©u III: 21.T 22.F 23.F 24.T 25.F </b></i>


<i><b>C©u IV: </b></i>


26. Two new stores have been built by the workers for three months.
27. We wish we had time playing computer games.


28. I wish Daisy were at home now.Or I wish I could meet Daisy.
29. They asked Nga what games she often played.


30. Tom said that they were wandering on the Internet that time.


31. I spent three hours taking photos of Olympic champions on the net.


<b>4.Consolidation: </b>


- comments on the lesson
<b>5. HOMEWORK:</b>


- review the grammar and vocabulary in the term.
- Prepare do the first term test


...
<b>Period: 34, 35</b>


Teaching date:<b>15/12 review 3</b>
<b>A./ objectives:</b>


<b>I. Knowledge: At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Revise and practice further in the Word-formation, tenses, wish-clause ,Reported
Speech, report speech and vocabulary in the term.


<b>II. Skills: Writing.</b>
<b>B./ procedures:</b>


<b>I. Settlement: Greets and checks attendance</b>
<b>II. Checking: </b>


<b>III. content:</b>


<i><b>I./. Choose the best answer from A,B , C or D. </b></i>


1. They move to Thai Land ...May 17.



A. on B. for C. in D. at


2. His brother was born ...


A. 1975,April B. at 1975,April C. on April 1975 D. in April,1975
3. What subjects are you good ... in the 9th<sub> form?.</sub>


A. about B. at C. in D. on


4. I am looking forward to ... from you soon.


A. hear B. heard C. hearing D. hears


5. Most of us are interested in ... the Internet.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(60)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=60>

6. This painting comes from his private ...


A. collect B. collection C. collective D. collecting
7. We have had a lot of ...to answer that question?.


A. difficult B. difficulty C. difficultly D. difficulties
8. Tim often practices his listening skill ...


A. excellence B. excellent C. excellently D. excellenty
9. She asked me ...I liked pop music..


A. if B. who C. whether D. A & C


10. Yesterday I ... to walk to school because I had no bicycle.



A. decided B. minded C. made D. enjoyed


11. You had a chance to see that movie last night,...?.
A. don/<sub>t you </sub> <sub>B. do you</sub> <sub>C. didn't you</sub> <sub>D. did you</sub>
12. Mai and An will not read this novel, ...?


A. are they B. aren't they C. will they D. won/<sub>t she</sub>
13. She has never visited Ha Noi,...?


A. hasn't she B. has she C. didn't she D. did she


14. The bike has been broken down,... the children do not ride it.


A. so B. if C. because D. when


<i><b>II</b></i><b>. </b><i><b>Read the passage and choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps. </b></i>
Mrs. Jackson is an old woman who has a small room ...(0). an old house. She ...(15)..
there since 1974. When her husband died in 1980, she ...(16).... very sad. She has lived
alone .(17) .. a long time. After her husband/<sub>s death, Mrs. Jackson had ...(18).. money at </sub>
all, so she found work in a factory. Her job was to clean offices. She ...(19).to get up at 5 in
the morning. She doesn't have much money but she ...(20).. happier now.


15. A. is living B. lives C. has lived D. have lived


16. A. was B. is C. are D. were


17. A. since B. for C. in D. on


18. A. any B. more C. no D. many



19. A. must B. had C. should D. ought


20. A. is B. was C. are D. will


<i><b>III./. Read the text and decide the statements to be true(T) or false (F).</b></i>


<b> Like other languages, English is always changing, but it changes very slowly. </b>
<b>People invent new words, borrow words from other languages and change the </b>


<b>meaning of the words as needed. For example, the English word “ Byte” was invented </b>
<b>by computer specialists in 1959. The word “ Tomato” was borrowed from Nahuati, an </b>
<b>American Indian language spoken in Mexico. The word “ Meat” once referred to food </b>
<b>in general. People learn English as well as languages by listening, copying what they </b>
<b>hear and using the language. Most school children learn their first language easily and</b>
<b>sometimes other languages as well.</b>


21. Some English words borrowed from other languages. 21. ...
22. Some English words were invented by computers. 22. ...


23. “ Meat” means Food in general. 23. ...


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(61)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=61>

26. Alexander Bell invented the telephone.


- The telephone...
27. The workers have built two new stores for three months.


- Two new stores ...
28. We don/<sub>t have time playing computer games.</sub>



- We wish we...
29. Daisy is not at home now, so I cannot meet her.


- I wish ...
30. “What games do you often play, Nga?.” They asked.


- They asked Nga ...
<b>IV. Consolidation : comments on the lesson</b>


<b>V. HOMEWORK: review the grammar and vocabulary in the term. </b>
<b>V. supplementary notes:</b>


... ...
...


<b>Pre:</b> <b> Period 37 ; Unit6: the environment</b>
<b>Teaching:</b> <b> Lesson 1: Getting started and listen & read</b>
<b>I.objectives:</b>


<b> - At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand and know the environmental problems and talk about activities they have
done to protect the environment.


- Revise Ss with the conditional clause (Type 1).
<b> To drill : Listening, speakingand Reading</b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook and picture


Equipment: tape and cassetle


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A
9B


<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


<b> -The students prepare new lesson</b>
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b> A.Warm-up: Getting started: Matching</b>


T: hangs on the picture and asks Ss to match the pictures with the phrases.


<i>a, air pollution (ơ nhiểm khơng khí) d, water pollution (Ô nhiễm nớc)</i>
<i>e, deforestation (Nạn phá rừng) b, spraying pesticides( Phun thuốc trừ sâu)</i>
<i>f, dynamite fishing. (Đánh c¸ b»ng thc nỉ)c, garbage dump (B·i r¸c)</i>


Ss: Work in groups and give their ideas.


T: asks Ss to think about the environment nowadays.
B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre


<i><b>*) Lead-in: asks Ss to think about the </b></i>



environment and leads in the lesson.
<b>1.Presentation:</b>


<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary</b>
<i>- pollute(V)</i>


<i> {pollution (N) /………/(Trans.)</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(62)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=62>

Practice


Pro


<i>- (the) sand (Picture)</i>
<i>- (the) rock (picture)</i>
<i>- spoil (V) (Trans.)</i>


Ex: We will spoil our area.


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- asks Ss to make the sentences.


- uses What and Where to check vocab.


b.Act 2: Grammar.a,Act.1:Conditional clause
<i><b>(Type 1)</b></i>


<i>*)Model:</i>



<i>If they work hard today, they will make the </i>
<i>beach clean and beautiful again.</i>


<i>*)Use and form: to talk about activities that </i>
<i>possible or impossible to happen at present or </i>
<i>future.</i>


<b>IF-CLAUSE--- MAIN CLAUSE</b>
<b>Simple Present, S+ will/shall + V-inf.</b>
- asks Ss to pick out the sentences in the
passage.


- writes and does concept check
- gives feedback.


<b>2.practice:</b>


<b>a.Act.1: Read the passage & check the </b>
<i><b>predictions</b></i>


<b>*)Answer key:</b>


<i> 1. f 2.e 3.b 4.a 5.c 6.d</i>
- asks Ss to read the passage in 3 Ms.
- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


<b>a.Act.1: Comprehension questions (Part b - </b>


<i><b>Page 48)</b></i>


*) Answer key:


<i>1. Mr. Brown is the speaker.</i>


<i>2.The listeners are ( members of ) The </i>
<i>volunteer conservationists </i>


<i>3. They are on the beach.</i>


<i>4.They are going to clean the beach.</i>


<i>5. If they work hard today, they will make the </i>
<i>beach clean and beautiful again soon…..</i>
- hangs on the Qs & explains the way.


- asks Ss to read the text again and answer the
above questions.


- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


<b>3.Further practice:, Exercise</b><i>:</i> (b,c,d at P.
46-Workbook


- asks Ss to do exercises- P. 46 (workbook)
- gets feedback.



- give the meaning & make
sentences


- read and rewrite the
words on the board.


- pick out the model.
- give their ideas.
- copy down


- read it to check their
predictions.


- speak out their answers.
- check it and explain the
information


- read through the
questions


- work in pairs to share
their ideas


- ask and answer the
questions and then write
the right answers on the
board.


- check the answers with
teacher.



-Do the exercise in groups.
-The groups show their
answers before the class.
-The others comment and
correct.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(63)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=63>

<b>To protect the environment,</b>


<b>We should</b> <b>We should not</b>


- collect garbage


- clean the places we live.


- ………..


- destroy forests


- throw waste things away.
- ………
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the lesson & do exercises 1P.41 (workbook)
- asks Ss to prepare: Speak and listen P.49


<b>………</b>
<b>Pre: Period 38 UNIT6: THE ENVIRONMENT</b>


<b>Teaching:</b> <b>Lesson 2: speak & listen</b>


<b>I. objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- Understand the situations causing the pollution in the oceans and talk about the ways to
protect the environment and use the expressions: <i>I think you should/ Why don/<sub>t you/…….. </sub></i><sub> to</sub>


persuade others to do something..


- Skills: Listening, speaking & Writing.
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook and picture
Equipment: tape and cassetle


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A
9B


<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- write new words


- do ex 1 P 41 in work book
-The students prepare new lesson


<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


A.Warm up: *)Lead-in: Chatting


<i>? Have you ever been to the beach</i>


<i>?What do you think about our oceans today.</i>


<i>? Are they polluted? What causes the pollution in the oceans</i>
<i>- comments on the answers and introduces the lesson.</i>


St’s: Answer the questions individuals. Others comment on the ideas.
B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre
-Speak


While


<b>1.Pre - speaking</b>


-Sets the scene . try to persuade your partner to
do the following things to protect the


invironment


-uses the subboard to remind st’s nof
persuading or giving suggestion


-call some pairs read the example and to find
possible answer to the questionate



-Practice before class
<b>2.while-speaking</b>


-Asks st’s to dicuss with partner the best way to
protect the environment take turn to try and
persuade your partner in to doing you think the


-Read the expression and
the idea


-cuess given to elecit
newwords..


-Read and answer


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(64)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=64>

Post
Pre


While


most practical…


Ex: How can we save paper?


-I think you should recycle used paper and use
tree leaves for wrapping……


<b>*Suggestation:</b>


<b>A: How can we use fewer plastic bag?</b>



<b>B: We save plastic bags clean and reuse them.</b>
<b>A: How can we reduce water pollution?</b>


<b>B: Don’t thow wastes and garbage in to </b>
streams, lakes and even Oceans…
<b>A: How can we prevent littering ?</b>


<b>B: Discard/ throw garbages in waste bins </b>
<b>A: How can we reduce air pollution ?</b>


<b>B: use less private vehiches and don’t release </b>
pollutants in to the air…..


<b>A: How can we reduce the a mount of garbage </b>
we produce?


<b>B: try to reuse and recycle things…..</b>
<b>3. Post - speaking</b>


-How to keep the environment clean?
<b>1.pre-listening:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


- raw sewage/.../(N) níc th¶I, cèng
<i> - (to) pump (Trans.)</i>


Ex: Raw sewage is pumped into the sea.
<i> - (to) drop (Trans.)</i>



- oil spills (N) tràn dầu


<i> - marine life (N)/động vật, đại dơng</i>
<i> - Vessel (N) Thuyền lớn (ship)</i>
<i> - Oil lead : Lỗ thủng dầu</i>


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- uses What and Where to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: prediction:</b>


-gives the instructions: predict to fill in the
gaps.


-collects their answers and show before the
class.


<b>2.while-listening</b>


<i><b>Listen and fill the missing information in the </b></i>
<i><b>notes.(Part 4-P.50)</b></i>


*) Answer key


First: Raw sewage is pumped directly in to the
sea .


Secondly: Garbage is dropped in to the sea


Thirdly: oil apills come from ships at sea.
Next: Waste materials come from factories.
Finally: Oil is washed from the land.


- hangs on the Grids and focuses Ss on the
information.


- plays the tape again (four times)
- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once more and gets feedback.


section A -> B
-work in pairs


-write both sides of the
paper , recycle used
paper , save prastic bags ,
clean and reuse


them…….


- St’s discuss and answer
<b>- try out and repeat </b>
chorally- individually
- give pronunciation & the
meaning then the word
class.


- read and then rewrite


them


- predict in groups. Show
before the class.


- pay attention.


- listen and take notes.
- work in groups & share
their ideas.


- keep listening.


- speak out their answers.
- give feedback and
correct their predictions.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(65)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=65>

Post <b>3.post-listening:</b>


<b>Act 1: Structures to persuade someone: </b>


<i>I think you should ………</i>
<i>It would be better if you ……</i>
<i>Why don/<sub>t you + V-inf…………..?</sub></i>
<i>………..</i>


- elicits the language from Ss and writes it on
the board.


- runs though them and check the


understanding.


- talks about the form and the use, help Ss be
clearer with Because/For/…..


<b>Act.2: Questionnaire (P.49)</b>
*) Model:


<i>Lan:I think you should save paper.</i>
<i>Hai: How can we save it?</i>


<i>Lan: It would be better if you collect waste </i>
<i>paper and recycle it.</i>


<i>Hai: And………….</i>


-hangs on the questions and makes the model.
- asks Ss to work in groups & goes round to
elicit the expressions from Ss.


- asks Ss to show their ideas to the front.
- corrects if necessary


discover the structure and
use.


- listen and copy down.


- read them through.
- make the model with


teacher


- express their ideas in
groups.


- practice speaking.
- correct themselves.


<b>4.Consolidation: </b><i>Network</i>




<b> 5.Homework:</b>


- lean old less by heart


- do ex 2,3 p42 in work book


- asks Ss to write about pollution in oceans at home and prepare : Read(P51).



<b>---Pre:</b> <b> Period : 39 UNIT6: THE ENVIRONMENT</b>


<b>Teaching:</b> <b>Lesson 3 : read</b>


<b>I.objectives:</b>


-At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- understand the details of the poem about the pollution of environment and know how


to reduce it.


-Skills: Reading & writing
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook and picture
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A
9B


<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- repeat; How the Ocean is polluted?
- do ex 2,3 P 42 in work book


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(66)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=66>

-The students prepare new lesson
3.New lesson:


<b>A: warm up Network</b>


Throwing trash, garbage,... cutting the forests
<b> </b>


Pumping raw sewage into rivers, oceans,...
<b>B: Presentation:</b>


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>



Pre


While


*)Lead-in:


-introduces the story from a mother with
the boy and introduces the lesson.


<b>1.pre-reading:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>-</i> <i>(a) junkyard /.../ (Example)</i>


<i>-</i> <i>(to) cover (Trans.)</i>


<i>-</i> <i>foam (Un. N) (Example)</i>


<i>Ex: The streams will be covered with </i>
<i>foam.</i>


<i>-</i> <i>(to) end up (Trans.)</i>


<i>-</i> <i>treasure(N) (Example)</i>


<i>-</i> <i>folk (N) = people</i>


- elicits the words from the Ss and says
them out.



- writes and checks.
- instructs Ss to read.


- uses “ Matching” to check vocab. and
asks Ss to correct.


<b>b)Act.2: Matching (Part a-P.51)</b>
*)Answer key:


1. c 2. g 3.f 4.e
<i> 5. d 6.a 7.b</i>


<i><b>c)Act.3: Guiding questions</b></i>


<i>1 What are Mom and the boy talking </i>
<i>about?</i>


<i>2.Can we enjoy our day now? Why </i>
<i>(not)?</i>


- introduces the topic of the text and
asks two above questions.


- gets feedback.


- makes the content of the text more
clearly.


<b>2.while-reading</b>



<b>a)Act.1: Read the text and answer the </b>
<i><b>questions.(P.51)</b></i>


*)Questions:


<i>1………What will happen if the </i>
<i>pollution goes on?.</i>


<i>2.who does the mother think pollute the </i>
<i>environment?</i>


<i>3.What will happen to the boy if he </i>


- think about and then speak out
their ideas






- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


- run through the words.


- share their ideas and go to the B.B


and match the words with the


definitions.


<i>- They are talking about the </i>
<i>pollution</i>


<i>-No. Because the environment is </i>
<i>very polluted</i>


- read the text to answer the
questions.


- speak out their answers.
- take notes.


<i>1- If all the pollution goes on, the </i>
<i>world will end up like a </i>
<i>second-hand junkyard.</i>


<i>2- The mother thinks other folk </i>
<i>made the environment polluted.but </i>
<i>not her and her son</i>


3- if he keeps on asking such
<b>Causes leading the</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(67)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=67>

Post


<i>keeps on asking his mother </i>


<i>suchquestions ?</i>


<i>4. Do you think the boy/<sub>s question (lines</sub></i>
<i>9-10) is silly? Why (not)?</i>


<i>5.What does the poet want us to learn </i>
<i>about keeping the environment </i>


<i>unpolluted?</i>


- hangs on the Qs. on the board & asks
Ss to read the poem to answer.


- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


- asks Ss to play the role with the Qs.,
<b>3.post-reading: Brainstorm</b>


<i><b>6.What could you do to minimize </b></i>
<i><b>pollution in your school?</b></i>


- writes down the above questions and
asks Ss to work in groups


- gets feedback


<i>questions,his mother will take him </i>
<i>home right away.</i>



<i>4- Yes. Because if he throws the </i>
<i>bottles, that will be polluting the </i>
<i>woods.</i>


<i>5- The poet wants us tolearn that </i>
<i>evwryone is responsible(chÞu tr¸ch </i>
<i>nhiƯm) for keeping the environment </i>
<i>frompolluted .</i>


- read the poem and answer them in
pairs.


- speak out &write their answers on
the BB


- correct the answers and copy
down.


- ask and answer the Qs..
Ex: - pick up the garbage


<i> - put the bins around the school</i>
<i>yard</i>


- shouldn’t litter (x¶ níc)
- share their ideas in groups


- write their ideas on the board and
then check them..



<b> 4.Consolidation: </b>


- uses the Brainstorm to revise the lesson and talk about our responsibilities of protecting
the environment.


<b>5.Homework:</b>


<b> - asks Ss to read the text at home again and list out the way to protect the environment.</b>
- Do ex 4 P43 in workbook


- asks Ss to prepare: Write- P.52


<b>Pre:</b> <b> Period : 40 UNIT6: THE ENVIRONMENT</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson 4: write</b>


<b> I.Objectives:</b>


-At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- understand and know how to write a letter for complaints and write their letters to
complain something about pollution.


<b> - Skills: Writing.</b>
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b>1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A
9B


<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- repeat; the way to protect the environment
- do ex 4 P 43 in work book


-The students prepare new lesson
3.New lesson:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(68)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=68>

- Body
- Siguature
Have you ever written letter ?
Who did you write?


What did you write about?
B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre


While


Post


*)Lead-in:



- introduces the situation in which Ss
want to complain about pollution around
their area.


<b>1.pre-writing:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>
<i>- (to) suggest (Trans.)</i>


<i>Ex: I suggest that you should keep </i>
<i>your school clean.</i>


<i>- response (N) (Trans.)</i>
<i>- (a) frog (Picture)</i>
<i>- (a) toad (Picture)</i>


<i>- (the) electric shock wave (Trans.)</i>
<i>- (to) prohibit (Trans.)/.../</i>
- elicits the words from the Ss and says
them out.


- writes and checks.


- uses “ R.O.R” to check vocab. and asks
Ss to correct.


<b>b)Act.2: Presentation text</b>


<i>+ Form of the complaint letter: (P.52)</i>
<i>+ Matching: ( The jumbled letter at P.52)</i>


<b>- hangs the form of the complaint letter </b>
on the board and explains the way form
each part.


- hangs on the jumbled letter named for
each part: from 1 to 7


- asks Ss to macth them with: Address,
opening, S, C, R, A, P/ Closing


- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check and asks the Qs
about the content of the letter.


<b>2.while-writing:</b>


a)Act.1: Write a complaint letter about
<i><b>catching fish by electricity. (Part b-P.53)</b></i>
Ex: Dear Mr. President,


<i>I am writing to you about the </i>
<i>problem of fish catching in...</i>
- introduces the situation and asks Ss to
write their complaint letter.


- goes around to instruct Ss.


- gives out the cellophanes(about 4) and
asks Ss to write their letters in groups.


<b>3.</b>


<b> post-writing : Exhibition</b>


- collects 3 drafts from Ss and put them in
the overhead.


- helps the whole to correct.


- listen to teacher.


- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


- read the rubbed words and write
them again on the board..


<b>S => I am….. ( stales the reasons </b>
for writing..)


<b>C => When…… </b>( mentions the
problems )


<b>R => I would….( makes a </b>
suggestion)


<b>A => I look ……</b>( talks about


future action )


<b>P => faithfully…( ends of the </b>
letter politely)


- listen and take notes


- work in four groups, share their
ideas and then write their answers
on the worksheets.


- check the answers with teacher
and answer the questions.


- read it and write it individually,
using the information in


Brainstorm and the text.
- write a letter for themselves.
- discuss in groups, share their
ideas and write their letter on the
cellophanes.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(69)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=69>

- asks them to copy down. - correct passages with teacher
- copy it in their books


<b>4. Consolidation :</b>


- asks the Ss to revise the way to write a complaint letter .
<b>5.Homework:</b>



- asks Ss to write a complaint letter for school management about a lot of Ss to throw
waste paper, garbage around the school.


- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.53-56.



<b>---Pre:</b> <b>Period : 41 UNIT6: THE ENVIRONMENT</b>


<b>Teaching:</b> <b>Lesson 5: language focus</b>


<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- Revise and practice further in Adjectives and Adv. of manner, adverb clauses of reason,
adjective + that clause and If-clause (Type 1)


<b>- Skills: Writing </b>
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b>1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A
9B


<b> 2.Oral test:</b>



- write a complaint letter for school management about a lot of Ss to throw waste paper,
garbage around the school.


-The students prepare new lesson
3.New lesson:


A.Warm-up: Play Jumbled words Adjective Adverb
1.WOLS - Slow -
2.ADS Sad


-3.DOGO - Good -
4.PAHAPY - Happy -
5.TERMEXE - Extreme -
B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Part 1 1.Act.1: Complete the sentences with the
<i><b>adverbs of manner.(Part 1-P.53)</b></i>


*) Model:


- give the structure and work in
pairs.


<i>- modifying verbs and coming at </i>
<b>Possible letter</b>


Dear Sir .



<b>S</b>

<b> : I am writing to you about the problem of fish catching in the lake behind my </b>
house.


<b>C</b>

<b> : I am very worried because people use electricity to catch fish. They made a lot of</b>
fish died and floated on the water surface. Other animals such as frogs, toads and
even birds also died from electric shock waves.


<b>R</b>

<b> ; I would suggest the local authorities should prohibit and fine heavily anyone </b>
using this way to catch fish.


<b>A</b>

<b> : I look forward to hearing from you and seeing the protection of environment </b>
from the local autholity


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(70)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=70>

Part 2


Part 3


Part 4


Part 5


- <i>Extreme - Extremely</i>
*)Answer key:


<i>b. slowly d. happily</i>
<i>c. sadly e. well/slowly</i>
- gives the model and checks the way to
change Adj. into Adv. of manner.



- checks the meaning and its function
- asks them to complete the excer. in pairs.
- gets feedback & helps Ss to correct.
<i><b>2.Act.2: Adverb clause of reason- </b></i>
<i><b>Because/as/since ( Part 2-P-54)</b></i>
*) Example:


<i>Ba is tired because/as/since he stayed up ..</i>
<i>Or Because Ba stayed up ..., he is tired</i>
- asks Ss to read through the example and
give the meaning, form.


- asks Ss to compare it with Pre. “Since”
- asks Ss to ask and answer the questions in
pairs.


- gets feedback


- helps them to correct.


<b>3.Act 3: Use That clause with adjectives </b>
<i><b>(Part 4-P.46).</b></i>


*)Ex:


<i>That/<sub>s wonderful. I am pleased that you are </sub></i>
<i>working hard.</i>


*)Structure:



S + be + Adj. + that + clause (N. clause)
*)Answer key:


<i>b,I am excited that I will go to Da Lat.</i>
<i>c,I am sorry that I broke your bicycle </i>
<i>yesterday.</i>


<i>d,I am disappointed that you did not phone </i>
<i>me.</i>


<i>e, I am amazed that I could win the first </i>
<i>prize.</i>


- gives the example & checks the meaning
& the form.


- asks Ss to work in pairs to complete the
exercise 3.


- invites the answers .
- asks the whole to check.


<b>4.Act 4: Match the two columns, focusing </b>
<i><b>on If - clause (Type 1)( Part 4-P.56)</b></i>


*)Example:


<i>If we pollute the water, we will have no </i>
<i>fresh water to use.</i>



- gives the example and asks Ss to revise the
use and form of If-clause (Type 1)


- asks Ss to do exercise 4.
- gets feedback.


- asks the whole to check.


<b>5.Act 5: Put the verbs in parentheses in the</b>
<i><b>right form. (exer. 10-P.46-workbook)</b></i>


Ex: If we (run) out of oil, we (need) other
kind of energy


<i>the end of the sentence.</i>
- speak out their answers &
correct it.


<i>b.I have broken leg because I fell</i>
<i>over while I was playing </i>


<i>basketball.</i>


<i>c.Iam going tobe late for school </i>
<i>since the bus is late.</i>


<i>d.I broken the cup as I was </i>
<i>careless.</i>


<i>e.I want to go home as I feel </i>


<i>sick.</i>


<i>F.Iam hungry since I havenot </i>
<i>eaten all day.</i>


- play the role with the dialogues.
- pick out the main clause and
subordinate clause.


- compare it


- work in pairs, using the form
- write their answers on the
board.


- correct themselves.


- discover the use and form.
- asks and answer to complete
the exer.


- write their answer on the board.
- check it with teacher.


1->e, 2->a , 3-> c, 4->d , 5->b


- revise the use and form of
conditional adverb clause.
- work in groups.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(71)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=71>

- asks Ss to work in pairs and then write
their answers on the board.


- asks the whole to check.


b. if we go on littering, the environment will
become seriously polluted .


c. if we plant more trees along the streets we
will have more shade and fresh air.


d. if we use much pesticide on vegetables ,
the vegetables become poisonous and
inedible.


e. if we keep our environment clean we’ll
live a happier and healthier life.


- check them with teacher.
<i>- run/will need</i>


- complete from B to E in pairs
and then write their answers on
the board.


- check them with teacher.


<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the grammatical items again.


<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to do exercise 9,105-P.46 (workbook) at home.


- asks Ss to prepare: 15-minute exam and Unit 7: Getting started & Listen and Read.
...
<b>Pre:</b> <b> Period : 42 Unit 7: SAVING ENERGY</b>


<b>Teaching: Lesson 1: getting started and listen & read </b>
<b>I.Objectives:</b>


<b> - At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand and know how to save energy in their daily life.
- revise the way to use the adverb clause of contrast.


<b> * Skills: Listening, reading and writing</b>
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook
Equipment: tape and cassetle
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b>1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :


<b> 2.Oral test: 15-minute examination</b>


<b>*) Circle the word that best completes the following sentences.</b>


1.We feel very (happy, happiness, happily) today.


2.They talk very ( interest, interesting, interestingly)
3.(Junk-yard, garbage, village) is a place full of rubbish.


4.Water, air (pollute, pollution, environment) is very dangerous to us.


5.We will live happier (if, because , although) we keep our environment clean.
-The students prepare new lesson


3.New lesson:


A.Warm-up: Brainstorming “ getting started”
T; asks st’s look at picture in part 1


SS; work in pairs and make a list of things the family could do to save energy.
T ; calls on st’s to read before class


SS; can use sentences with modal verb “ Must/ should”


Ex: - Save water by turning off the faucet when there is enough supply
- turn off the lights when unnecessary / reduce light builds


- turn off the TV and radio when nobody watches or listen
- ……….


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(72)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=72>

<i>?Is TV on/ Who are using water/ Who are listen to music/………..</i>
<i>/Should we turn off TV/radio….. </i>


<i>?What should we do to save energy</i>


B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre


Practice


<b>1.Presentation:</b>
<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- energy /………../ (N)(Example)</i>
<i>- (a) water bill (Trans.)</i>


<i>- (a) crack (Realia)</i>


<i>- (to) turn off # (to) turn on (Mime)</i>
<i>- (to) waste # (to) save (Trans.)</i>
<i>Ex: We should save water.</i>
<i>- (a) dripping faucet (Picture)</i>
- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.- asks Ss to make the
sentences.


- uses R.O.R to check vocab.*)
<b>b.Act 2 . Grammar:</b>


<b> Adverb clause of contrast:</b>


<i>a. Model : We came to her house, but we did </i>


not meet her.


<i>b. Structure :</i>


<i>Main clause, but + adverb clause of contrast</i>




We can use But as a co-coordinating
conjunction.


- gives the model and asks Ss to pick out the
use.


- asks Ss to compare it with So, Because, if
- gives feedback


<b>c.Act.3: Listen and practice the dialogue.</b>
<b>*)Guiding questions:</b>


<i>1. How much does Mrs. Ha pay for the water </i>
<i>bill?</i>


<i>2.Does Baths waste more water than showers</i>
<i>?</i>


- writes the questions on the board.


- introduces the conversation between Mrs.
Mi and Ha and tells out the task.



- plays the tape twice.
- gets feedback.
- plays the tape again


<b>- asks Ss to practice the dialogue and then </b>
invite three pairs to practice the dialogue .
- helps Ss to correct pronunciation


<b>2.practice:</b>


<b>a.Act.1: T/F statements (Part b-P58)</b>
<b>*)Answer key:</b>


<i> 1. T 2.T 3.F 4.F 5.T </i>
3. Mrs Ha hasn’t checked the pipes yet.
4. Mr Ha suggests taking showers……..
- hangs on the poster with the statements and
runs through the information.




<i>-water, electricity, gas, oil…..</i>


- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning & make
sentences



- read and rewrite the words on
the board.


- share their ideas in pairs and
pick out the use and structure.
- compare it with So, Because, If
- copy down.


- She pays 200.000
- yes, it does


- reads through the information.
-pay attention


- listen to the tape to get
information.


- give their answer individually.
- check their answers again.
- practice the dialogue in pairs
- correct themselves


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(73)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=73>

Pro


- asks Ss to read the dialogue again to decide
the statement T or F


- gets feedback.
<b>3.Further practice:</b>



- asks Ss to do exercise 1- P.47 (workbook)
- gets feedback.


- read it and share their ideas in
pairs.


- give their answers and correct
the false statements.


- match two columns, using: and,
<i>but, because or so.</i>


<b>4. Consolidation : Brainstorm (Group work)</b>


- asks Ss to work in groups to list out the ways they usually do to save water everyday.
EX: - We turn off the faucets when we do not use water.


- We check the pines to make sure there are no cracks.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the lesson & do exercises 1-P.47 (workbook)
- Prepare for next period speak and listen


<b></b>
<b>---Pre Period : 43 Unit 7: SAVING ENERGY</b>


<b>Teaching:</b> <b>Lesson 2: speak and listen</b>
<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:



- listen and understand how people use solar energy and its advantages in the life.
- talk about the ways to save energy and make suggestions about how to save energy
using: I suggest + V-ing /Why don/<sub>t we….?/…………</sub>


- Skills: Speaking and Listening
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook
Equipment: tape and cassetle
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- do ex 1 P 47


-The students prepare new lesson
3.New lesson:


A.warm-up : Network


oil electricity


water gas


nuclear power solar energy


B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre <b>1.Pre-speak:</b>


Introduces: Suggest - V-ing
- should


+Suggest- I suggest + V-ing Listen….<sub>Practice</sub>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(74)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=74>

While


Post


Pre


- I thinh we should…….
- Shall we………..


- Why don’t we + v……?
- What/how about + V-ing…..?
- Let’s + V…..


+Response -Ok / that’s a good idea
-all right


- No I don’t want to…
- I prefer to…



- Let’s…….
<b>2.While -speaking</b>


- asks st’s to look at the expressions in the
tables and pictures , make suggestions about
how to save energy


- calls on some st’s practice before class….
- feed back and give suggested - answer
<i>b. I think we should turn off the gas fire </i>
<i>c. I suggest turning off the fan</i>


<i>d. I think we should turn off the air conditional </i>
when no one is in …


<i>e. why don’t we turn off the TV when no one </i>
watches it


<i>f. I think we should turn off the faucet</i>
<i>g. I think we shouldn’t go to school by </i>
motorbike.


<i>h. Let’s go to school by bus or bike…</i>
<b>3. Post- speaking</b>


- Asks st’s work in groups of four work out an
action plan to save energy for your class.
- calls on some groups practice before class
1. A.I think we should turn off all the lights
before leaving the class



B. that’s a good idea


C. what about going to school by bus?
D. Great! Let’s take the bus to school
everyday


2. A. I suggest collecting used paper to recycle
things .


B. all right


C. why don’t we reduce the amount of water
we use everyday?


D.Ok
*)Lead-in:


<i>- uses Network to introduce the lesson.</i>
<b>1.pre-listening:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- solar energy /..…..../(N)(Example)</i>
<i> - solar panel /………./ (N) (Picture)</i>
<i> - effective /………./ (Adj) (Trans.)</i>


<i>- roof (N) (Picture)</i>


<i> - nuclear power /………../ (Trans.)</i>


- elicits first and says out the words


Give some example
Write down


Work in groups make
suggestions


Talk before class…


Work in groups of four ……….
Work out an action…..


Practice before class…..
Write down in work book


- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning &
pronunciation


- read and then rewrite the
rubbed words.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(75)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=75>

While


Post


- writes and checks.



- uses R.O.R to check vocab.


<b>b)Act.2: T/F prediction.(Part a </b><i><b>–</b><b>P.60)</b></i>


- hangs on the poster with the statements and
runs through the information.


- asks Ss to predict the statements T or F
- gets feedback.


<b>2.while-listening</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Listen and check the predictions</b>
*) Answer key:


1.T 2.F 3.F 4.T 5.F


- asks Ss be about listening to the text about the
solar energy.


- plays the tape twice.


- asks them to share their results.
- plays the tape once again


- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once again and checks the
information.



<b>b)Act.2: Listen and fill the missing </b>
<i><b>information in the gaps.(Part b-P.60)</b></i>
*) Answer key


<i>1.effective 2.pollution 3.countries </i>
<i>4. store 5. roof 6. instead</i>


- hangs on the poster with the sentences and
focuses Ss on the information.


- plays the tape again and gets feedback.
- plays the tape once more and gets feedback
again.


<b>3.post-listening: a)Act.1: Discover the </b>
<i><b>pictures (P.59)</b></i>


*) Possible questions:


<i>Pic.A: What happened with the faucet?</i>
<i>Pic.B: What do we use to cook?</i>


<i>Pic.C: What happened?...</i>


-hangs on the pictures, the cues and makes the
model.


- asks Ss to work in groups & goes round to
elicit the expressions from Ss.



- asks Ss to show their ideas to the front.
- corrects if necessary


<b>b)Act.2: Make suggestions about how to save </b>
<i><b>energy.</b></i>


<i><b>*)Example exchange: Pic.A: </b></i>
<i>Nga: I think we should turn off ...</i>
<i>Ba: That/<sub>s a good idea.</sub></i>


- makes the model and asks Ss to practice with
the pictures.


- goes round to help Ss and then gets feedback
and helps Ss to correct.


board.


- pay attention.


- listen and take notes.


- work in groups & share their
ideas.


- keep listening.


- speak out their answers.
- give feedback and correct the


false statements.


<b>2 (false)- most of our electricity</b>
comes from the use of coal, gas
, oil of nuclear power..


<b>3 (false)- it is enough to </b>
provide power for total
population


<b>5 (false)- 2015</b>


- read through the information.
- listen and then share their
ideas in groups


- write their answers on the
board.


- listen again and check the
answers.


- copy down.


- look at them and make the
model with teacher.


- ask and answer to discover the
pictures.



- express their ideas
individually.


- correct themselves.


- make the model together with
teacher.


- practice making suggestions
about how to save energy.
- correct themselves


<b>4.Consolidation: </b>


- uses Post-Listening to consolidate the lesson.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to write the passage about advantages of solar energy at home
- Do ex 2,3 P 47,48 in work book


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(76)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=76>


<b>---Pre Period : 44 Unit 7: SAVING ENERGY</b>


<b>Teaching: </b> <b>Lesson 3: read</b>


<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- understand the details of the passage about saving electricity and know how to save


electricity in their daily life.


- Skills: Reading
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook
Equipment: tape and cassetle
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- do ex 2,3 P 47,48 in workbook
-The students prepare new lesson
3.New lesson:


A. warm -up : *)Lead-in: Chatting
<i>? Do your family use electricity</i>


<i>? What equipments are uses with electricity.</i>


<i>? How much does your family spend for electricity</i>
<i>?How will you save electricity</i>


-introduces the electricity-saving of the people in the world.
B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>



Pre <b>1.pre-reading:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- Luxurious;sang träng,léng lÉy</i>
<i>-luxury><necessity; sa sØ, sa hoa</i>
<i>-consumer (N);ngêi tiªu dïng</i>


<i>-light bulb (N); bóng đèn điện</i>


<i>-(a) labeling scheme (N)hệ thống dán nhÃn</i>


<i>-tumble dryer (N)máy sì khô</i>


<i>- conserve(V) b¶o tån</i>


<i>- not only…… but also…….</i>


<i>Ex: We not only save energy but also conserve</i>
<i>it</i>


- elicits the words from the Ss and says them
out.


- writes and checks.
- instructs Ss to read.


- uses “ Matching” to check vocab. and asks Ss
to correct.



<b>b)Act.2: Choose the best summary of the </b>
<i><b>passage (Part a-P.61)</b></i>


*)Answer key:


3. North American and European countries
<i>are interested in saving money and natural </i>
<i>resources.</i>


- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


- run through the words.


- share their ideas and go to the
B.B and match the words with the
definitions.


- read through the summaries.
- read the passage and then share
their ideas in groups to choose the
best summary.


- gives their answers and their
ideas.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(77)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=77>

While



Post


- hangs on the statements and focus Ss on the
information.


- asks Ss to read the passage individually and
then share their ideas in groups.


- gets feedback: What is the passage about?
- explains more to make it clearer


<b>2.while-reading</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Read the passage and answer the </b>
<i><b>questions.(P.61)</b></i>


*)Answers:


<i>1.They( westerm consumers) are interested in </i>
<i>products that will not only work effectively but</i>
<i>also save money</i>


<i>2.We can use energy-saving bulbs instead of </i>
<i>ordinary 100-watt light bulbs.</i>


<i>3. She will pay US$ 2 for lighting if she uses </i>
<i>two energy-saving bulbs instead.</i>


<i>4. The purpose of the labeling scheme is to tell</i>


<i>the consumers how much ...</i>


<i>5.We should save energy to conserve the </i>
<i>Earth/<sub>s resources.</sub></i>


- hangs on the Qs. on the board & runs
through them.


- asks them to read the passage again to answer
all.


- gets feed back and asks the whole to check
and to play the role with the Qs.,


<b>3.post-reading: </b>


<i><b>Brainstorm</b></i>


<i><b>List out the ways to save electricity</b></i>
- writes down the above task and asks Ss to
work in groups to list out their ideas on the
worksheets.


- gets feedback


- asks the whole to share their ideas.


- read through the questions.
- read it and share their ideas in
pairs.



- speak out &write their answers
on the BB


- correct the answers and copy
down.


- ask and answer the Qs.


- share their ideas in groups and
list out the ways to save


electricity


- write their ideas on the board.
- check and add more ideas.


<b>4.Consolidation: </b>


- uses the Brainstorm: + We should turn off the light, TV, radio when we do not use it.
<i> + Turn off electricity when we go out</i>


<i> + Use energy-saving light bulbs instead of ordinary bulbs</i>
<b>5.Homework:</b>


<b> - asks Ss to read the text at home again and list out the ways to save electricity.</b>
- Do ex 4 p48 in work book


- asks Ss to prepare: Write- P.61



...


<b>Pre: Period : 45 Unit 7: SAVING ENERGY</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(78)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=78>

<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- know how to make a speech and prepare a speech about the environment or
energy-saving.


Skills: Writing and speaking.
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook
Equipment: tape and cassetle
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- do ex 4 P48 in workbook


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


A.Warm-up: <i>Slap the board</i>



B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre


*)Lead-in:


- introduces the task of the lesson.
<b>1.pre-writing:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Presentation text (Matching - Part </b>
<i><b>a-P.61)</b></i>


*) Parts of a speech:


<i>1. Introduction: Getting people/<sub>s attention and </sub></i>
<i>telling them what you are going to talk.</i>


<i>2. Body: Giving details in easy-going language.</i>
<i>3. Conclusion: Summing up what you have </i>
<i>said.</i>


- introduces a speech and asks Ss to match
exercise a-P.61.


- gets feedback and checks the understanding
of the form.


- explains more each part of a speech and


notices Ss the conjunctions, connectors…. used
to connect the ideas.


- asks Ss to compare each part.
<b>b)Act.2: Ordering (Part b </b><i><b>– P.61)</b></i>
*) Answer key: Order : 3-2-1


- hangs the speech that is not in a right order
and asks Ss to read through it.


- asks them to work in groups to order it into a
complete speech.


- gets feedback.


- makes the meaning clearer.


- listen to teacher.


- work in pairs to complete it.
- give their answers and
explain the functions of each
part of a speech.


- copy it down.


- find out the differences.
- read it through to make sure
the meaning



- work in four groups, share
their ideas and then order it.
- give their orders and explain
-copy it down and then read


<b>environment</b> <b>energy</b> <b>conserve</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(79)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=79>

While


Post


<b>2.while-writing:</b>


a)Act.1: Write a speech. (Part c-P.62)
Example:


<i>Good morning., ladies and gentlemen. I am </i>


<i>……. and today I am going to tell you how to </i>
<i>reduce garbage...</i>


- introduces three topics and explains some
words in the callouts.


- asks Ss to choose their topics and write a
speech.


- goes around to help Ss.


- gives out the cellophanes (about 4) and asks


Ss to write their speech in groups.


<b>3. post-writing : </b>


<i><b>Exhibition</b></i>


- collects 3 speeches from Ss and put them in
the overhead.


- helps the whole to correct.


- asks Ss to read out their speeches to the front.


out the speech


- read it and write it
individually, using the


information in Brainstorm and
the text.


- write a letter for themselves.
- discuss in groups, share
their ideas and write their
letter on the cellophanes.
- share and complete their
work.


- correct the speeches with
teacher.



- present their speech to the
front of the class.


<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- asks the Ss to revise the way to make a speech .
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to complete their speech at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.62-64.


<b></b>
<b>---Pre:</b> <b>Period : 46 Unit 7: SAVING ENERGY</b>


<b>Teaching :</b> <b>Lesson 5: language focus</b>


<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- Revise and practice further in connectives: and, but,… , some of phrasal verbs and
making suggestions.


Skills: Writing
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book ,workbook
Equipment: tape and cassetle
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>



<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare new lesson


<b>Example</b>
Good morning, ladies and gentlemen.


Today I am going to tell you how to reduce garbage.


Firstly, we should collect plastic bags and make the other
use for them.


Secondly, we should not keep solid waste with food way.
Finally, we should put different kinds of waste in different
places.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(80)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=80>

<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Presention


Practice


*. Conectives:



+ and: Nối 2 thành phần cùng loại
câu(DT,ĐT,TT, Trạng từ)


+but / however : giới thiệu 1 từ ,cụm từ ,
mệnh đề tơng phản lại từ hay những gì đã núi
trc


+ because : đa ra nguyên nhân lý do
+ So/therefore : chØ kÕt qu¶ , lý do


+ Or : nêu lên 1 khả năng khác của các thành
phần cùng loại trong câu ( dùng trong câu phủ
định khi đề cập đến 2 hay nhiều thứ khác
*. Make suggestions:


+. Suggest + V-ing


+. Suggest ( that) + S + should …


1.Act.1: Use the correct connectives to
<i><b>complete the sentences.(Part 1-P.62)</b></i>
*)Answer key:


<i>a, and b, but c, because d,Therefore</i>
<i>e, or f,so g,and h, however</i>
- gives the connectives : and/or, but, so,…..
and checks the meaning, the function, use.
- asks them to complete the excer. in pairs.
- gets feedback & helps Ss to correct.
<i><b>2.Act.2: Use the right tense form of the </b></i>


<i><b>phrasal verbs in the box and the pictures </b></i>
<i><b>( Part 2-P-63)</b></i>


*) Answer key:


<i> a, look after b, go on c, turn on</i>
<i> d, look for e, turn off</i>


- asks Ss to match the phrasal verbs with the
pictures to find out the meaning.


- gets feedback and explains their meaning
- asks Ss to complete exercise 2 in pairs.
- gets feedback


- helps the whole to correct.


<b>3.Act 3: Rewrite the sentences, using the </b>
<i><b>cues.(Part 4-P.64).</b></i>


*)Example:


- collect some money.




I suggest collecting some money.
- work harder on your pronunciation.





I suggest (that) you should work harder on
your pronunciation.


*)Answer key:
a)


<i>- I suggest collecting unused clothes.</i>


<i>- I suggest organizing a show to raise money.</i>


<i>………</i>


b)


<i>- I suggest that you should write sentences </i>
<i>with new words.</i>


- give the structure and work in
pairs.


<i>- adverb clause of reason, </i>
<i>result, concession……….</i>


- speak out their answers &
correct it.


- match it in groups to find out
the meaning.



- speak out their answers.
- work in pairs, using the
phrasal verbs and the tense
form..


- write their answers on the
board.


- correct the answers and copy
down.


<i>- S + suggest + V-ing</i>
<i>- S + suggest (that) + S + </i>
<i>should + V-inf.</i>


- discover the use and form.
- write the ways to make
suggestions ; first Exer. (a) and
then (b)


- write their answers on the
board.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(81)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=81>

<i>- I suggest that you should speak English in </i>
<i>class.</i>


………..
- gives the example & checks the meaning &
the form.



- asks Ss to work individually and the in pairs
to complete the exercise 3.


- invites the answers .
- asks the whole to check.
<b>4.Consolidation: Multiple choice</b>


- Circle the best answer in the parentheses (Group work).


1. Nam always goes to school on time, (but, so , because) he goes to class late today.
2. We suggest (turn, turned, turning) the faucets.


3. They (want, enjoy, suggest) the plumbers to check the pines.


4. I am busy today because I have to ( look for, look after, look at) my house.
5. Nga was sick.( However,Therefore,So), she went to school.


<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the lesson at home.


- asks Ss to revise from Unit 6 to 7 to prepare for 45-monute examination.

<b>---Pre: Period: 47 eng lish written test III</b>


<b>Teaching: Times :45 minutes </b>
<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- helps Ss to examine and evaluate their learning



- helps T to evaluate the teaching way and how well Ss get the aims.
<b> * Skills: Writing, reading, vocab. and grammar practice.</b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>
Material: Paper tests
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare do the test
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b>Test( Ch½n ) </b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. about B. around C. found D. enormous
2. A. number B. tumble C. plumber D. cabbage
3. A. foucet B. efficient C. receive D. electricity
4. A. saved B. helped C. checked D. reduced
5. A. energy B. forgot C. suggest D. vegetable
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1.We should use public buses………..of motorbikes or cars


A. instead B. because C. in spite D. change


2.a lot of sea creatures will be ……….if people stop using dynamite for fishing.
A. a good preserved B. well preserved C.good preserving D. well preserving
3.we can save natural………by using solar energy.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(82)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=82>

4. in my family lighting………..for 30 persent of the electricity bill.
A. looks B. a counts C. takes D. chooses
5. We should have a ………waste basket for waste paper.


A. divided B. lonely C. separate D. single
6. we won’t eat ………the whole area is clean.


A. until B. sinces C. however D.but
7. I suggest that we……….use banana leaves to wrap food.


A. must B. should C. can D. ought to


8. We are………that raw sewage is pumped directly in to the sea.
A. worry B. boring C. sad D. appoint
<b>III. give the correct form of the verb…..(2points)</b>


1. if we(run out)……..…………of oil, we (need)……..………….other kinds of energy.
2.pollution( increase)………..…………if we (use)………more oil and coal.
3.if pollution(increase)……….more and more trees(die)………
4.the climate(change)………if more trees(die)………...
5.if we(try)……….to control pollution,it (be)………expensive.
<b>IV.fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals ( 1,5points)</b>


1.you must be ……….when you open the door. -CARE
2.we must clean about keeping the environment……….. -POLLUTE
3.Don’t eat those vegetables!-they’re………... -POISON


4.in the future,many buildings will be ……….. by solar energy. -HOT


5.we want to by ………..that will save money. -PRODUCE
<b>V./ Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


<b>- Dirty - sourse -theaters - areas - wastes</b>


- Many cities have a serious pollution problems.motor vehicles ,factories and other(1)
…………..create so much air pollution that it may hang in the air like(2)………
fog, air pollution(3)……….the health of the people who live in cities. City (4)


………cause water pollution when they are poured in to water ways. These wastes
kill fish and make some (5)……….unfit for swimming , in addition, many large
cities have difficultly dispoising of their garbage the amount of garbage grows each year,
but places to put it are quickly fiiling up.


<b>Test( LỴ ) </b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. resort B. install C. conserve D. consumer
2. A. detail B. category C. natural D. lighting
3. A. sun B. funtion C. understand D. conclusion
4. A. advice B. matter C. machine D. appliance
5. A. idea B. clear C. appear D. weather
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>


1.Tom failed the exam………..he has lazy.



A. such B. that C. like D. as
2.we are thirsty ………the water in the stream was polluted.


A. however B. there for C.so D. because
3. I got up late because my a larm clock didn’t……….


A. see off B. turn off C. go off D.take off


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(83)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=83>

5. We’ll have to pay a very expensive cost……….we protect the environment.
A. if B. when C. unless D. and


6. ……….energy is much sufer than nuclear power.


A. solar B. sun C. sunny D.sun’s
7. Don’t forget to turn ……….the lights when you leave the classroom.


A. on B. out C. off D. up


8. We have to get the pipes checked by a ………
A. machenic B. piper C. enginer D. plumber
<b>III. give the correct form of the verb…..(2points)</b>


1. if we(run out)……..…………of oil, we (need)……..………….other kinds of energy.
2.pollution( increase)………..…………if we (use)………more oil and coal.
3.if pollution(increase)……….more and more trees(die)………
4.the climate(change)………if more trees(die)………...
5.if we(try)……….to control pollution,it (be)………expensive.
<b>IV.fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals ( 1,5points)</b>


1. you are talking complete……… - SENSE


2. environmental………..………..is every body’s responsibility - PROTECT
3. ……… … is now a serious problem in many countries - FOREST
4. the price of ………has gone up again . - ELECTRIC
5. if it doesn’t rain soon ,there’ll be agreat………...….of water. - SHORT
<b>III./ Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


<b>- Dirty - sourse -theaters - areas - wastes</b>


- Many cities have a serious pollution problems.motor vehicles ,factories and other(1)
…………..create so much air pollution that it may hang in the air like(2)………
fog, air pollution(3)……….the health of the people who


live in cities. City (4)………cause water pollution when they are poured in to water
ways. These wastes kill fish and make some (5)……….unfit for swimming , in
addition, many large cities have difficultly dispoising of their garbage the amount of
garbage grows each year, but places to put it are quickly fiiling up.


<b>Đáp án chấm bài kiểm tra môn Tiếng Anh Số 3</b>


<b>Đề : Chẵn</b>



<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that</b>
<b> of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1->D 2->C 3->B 4->A 5->B


<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1->A 2->B 3->d 4->B 5->C 6->A 7->B 8->C
<b>III. give the correct form of the verb…..(2points)</b>


1 : run out / will need


2 : will increase / use
3 : increases / will die
4 : will chang / die
5 : try / will be


<b>IV.fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals ( 1,5points)</b>
1 : careful 2 : unpolluted 3 : poisonous 4 : heated 5 : products


<b>V. Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>
1 -> souse 2 -> dirty 3 -> theater 4 -> wastes 5 -> areas

<b>Đề : Lẻ</b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(84)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=84>

<b>from that of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>
1->A 2->C 3->D 4->B 5->D


<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1->D 2->A 3->C 4->B 5->C 6->A 7->C 8->D


<b>III. give the correct form of the verb…..(2points)</b>
1 : run out / will need


2 : will increase / use
3 : increases / will die
4 : will chang / die
5 : try / will be


<b>IV.fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals ( 1,5points)</b>
1 : nonsense 2 : protection 3 : deforestation 4 : electricity 5 : shortage


<b>III. Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


1 -> souse 2 -> dirty 3 -> theater 4 -> wastes 5 -> areas


<b>Néi dung</b> <b>NhËn biÕt</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu</b>


<b>Vận dụng</b>
<b>cấp độ thấp</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>


<b>cấp độ cao</b> <b>Tổng</b>


KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL


Phonetics 5c


1® <b>5c 1®</b>


Vocabulary and
Grammar


8c



5c
1,5®


<b>13c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 5,5®</b>



Writing 5c


2® <b>5c 2®</b>


Reading 5c


1,


<b>5c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>Tỉng</b> <b>8c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 4®</b>


<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1®</b>


<b>10c</b>


<b>3,5®</b>
<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>


<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>28c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 10®</b>
4.Consolidation:


- coments the students do the test
5.Home works:


-Prepare for the next period ; Unit 8 Getting started & listen and read




<b>---Pre: Period: 48 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson 1: getting started and listen & read</b>
<b>I. objectives:</b>


<b> - At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand and know some celebrations in the world.


- Understand the way to use the Relative clauses with “Which, Who and Whom”.
<b> - Skills: Listening, speaking, reading and writing.</b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(85)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=85>

<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :


<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


A.Warm -up:


<b> * Make a list a famous celebration in Viat Nam and wordwide.</b>


-Christmas -mid-fall festival


-valentine -Lunner new year


-easter -wedding


-mother’s/father’s day -birthday


-thankgiving day -teacher’s day


-hello ween -may day


<i><b>Matching (Getting started- P.65)</b></i>


T: uses the pictures and asks Ss to share their ideas in groups to match them with the
celebrations. Questions:


1=> easter 4=> christmas


2=> wedding 5=> mid-autumn festival
3=> birth day 6=> Lunner new year



? .In which country do people celebrate………?
? .When ( at what time of the year) do people celebrate it ?
? .What do they do ?


B.Presentation:




Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre…..


<i><b>*) Lead-in: </b></i>


- elicits more festivals from Ss and introduces
the lesson.


<b>1.Presentation:</b>
<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>-(to) celebrate/………./ (Trans.)</i>
<i> { celebration (N)</i>


<i>- (to) occur (Trans.)</i>


<i>- (to) decorate /…………../ (Examples.)</i>
<i>- (a) sticky rice cake (Picture)</i>


<i>- slavery /…………./ (N) (Situation)</i>


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- asks Ss to make the sentences and runs
through the words.


- uses Slap the board to check vocab.
<b>b.Act.2: Grammar: Relative clause.</b>
Example:




- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning & make
sentences and read through them.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(86)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=86>

Practice


- Tet is a festival. It occurs in late January.




Tet is a festival which occurs in late January.
- The doctor is Mr. Nam. He has checked our
health.





The doctor who has checked our health is Mr.
Nam.


- The teacher is generous. I saw him yesterday.




The teacher whom I saw yesterday is
generous.


- gives the model and asks Ss to pick out the
use.


- gives feedback.


<b>C. Act 3: Listen and answer the Qs..</b>
<b>*)Guiding questions:</b>


<i>1. What celebrations do people talk about?</i>
<i>2.Which countries celebrate TET?</i>


<i>3. Which countries celebrate Passover?</i>
- writes the questions on the board.
- introduces the passage.


- plays the tape twice.


- gets feedback and plays the tape again
- asks Ss to read the text again to check
<b>2.practice:</b>



<b>a.Act.1: Word map (Read the text and fill the</b>
<i><b>information on the Table- P.66)</b></i>


<b>*)Answerkey:</b>


<i> </i>


- hangs on the poster with the Table and runs
through the information.


- asks Ss to read the text again and find out
the missing information.


- gets feedback.


<b>b.Act.2: Asks and answer about the </b>
<i><b>celebrations. (In the Table)</b></i>


Possible questions:


<i>1. When is Tet celebrated?</i>


<i>2. Which activities do people often do?</i>
<i>3. What food do they often eat?</i>


4. <i>Which countries is it celebrated in?</i>
- makes the model with Ss and asks them to
work in pairs.



adjective clause. It begins with
relative/ adverb pronouns and
comes after the modifying nouns/
noun phrases


- share their ideas in pairs and
pick out the use and structure.
- copy down the rule.


- … Tet, Passover and Easter
- … Viet Nam


-… Israel


- reads through the information.
- pay attention


- listen to the tape to get
information.


- give their answer individually.
- check their answers again.
- read it and confirm their
answers


- read through the Table.


- read it and share their ideas in
pairs.



- give their answers and explain
them


- check the answers with T.


- ask and answer the information
on the Table.


<b>4.Consolidation: Summarizing</b>


- asks Ss to talk about the celebrations, using the information on the Table.


<b>Celebration</b> <b>When?</b> <b>Activities?</b> <b>Food?</b> <b>Country?</b>


TET -in late January or


early February -cleaning and decorating homes and enjoying special
food


-sticky rice


cakes Viet Nam
Passover -late March or early


April -not -avaitable -special mealcalled Seder Israel
Easter -around the same time


as Passover



-people crowd the streets to
watch colorful parades


-chocolate or
sugar eggs


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(87)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=87>

<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise the lesson
-do exercise 1-P.52 in workbook)


-Prepare for next period Speak and listen




---Pre: <b>Period: 49 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS</b>


Teaching: <b>Lesson 2: speak and listen</b>


<b>I.objectives:</b>


<b>- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand and use the ways to give and respond to compliments.
- listen and understand the content of the song Auld Lang Syne.
- Practice singing this song.


<b> Skills: Listening & Writing.</b>
<b>II.Preparation:</b>



Material: text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare new lesson


<b>3.New lesson:</b>


<b>A.Warm -up: Word square (Team </b>game)


<b>O</b> <b>L</b> <b>D</b> <b>N</b> <b>L</b> <b>O</b> <b>N</b>


<b>R</b> <b>A</b> <b>U</b> <b>L</b> <b>d</b> <b>o</b> <b>g</b>


<b>A</b> <b>N</b> <b>d</b> <b>e</b> <b>u</b> <b>n</b> <b>S</b>


<b>N</b> <b>G</b> <b>l</b> <b>o</b> <b>n</b> <b>g</b> <b>I</b>


<b>G</b> <b>a</b> <b>r</b> <b>d</b> <b>e</b> <b>n</b> <b>N</b>


<b>E</b> <b>g</b> <b>g</b> <b>s</b> <b>t</b> <b>h</b> <b>C</b>


<b>s</b> <b>y</b> <b>n</b> <b>e</b> <b>l</b> <b>l</b> <b>e</b>


<b> B.presentation:</b>



Possible answer


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(88)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=88>

Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>
Pre


While


Pro


Pre


<b>1.Pre-speaking:</b>
Introduces new words


-Contest(EL speaking contest) :competition
-Take part in(V) - participle


-Charity program/ activities; H/® tõ thiƯn
( voluntary actions given to people in need or
distress)


-Activist (N) person who activity take part in
social work


-nominate (V)
-apoint: đề cử


*checking techniquire:
*Respond to a compliment


<b>A compliment</b>


- well done


- that’s a great / an excellent
- Let’s me congratulate
<b>2.while-speaking:</b>


-asks st’s to work in pairs read the situation on
the book and then give ……respond to


appropriate compliment….


-feed back and give suggested answer
*Suggestion;


B/ Mother: well done Huyen .
Huyen: thanks Mom


C/ Friends: Congratulations on your
nomination Tuan .


Tuan; It’s nice of you to say so.


D/ You ; that’s an excellent drawing Hoa .
Hoa: that’s very nice of you to say so.
-asks st’s to work with apartner thik of the
situation in which you can compliment your
friends and respond from his / her or them
-make up the dialogues



-feed back


<b>Hung: well done you </b>
<b>Bao: thank a lot </b>


<b>Trung: Let me congratulate you on your </b>
graduation.


<b>Hung; that’s very kind of you </b>


<b>Minh : Congratulation! That’s an excellent </b>
performance.


<b>Hoa : it’s nice of you to say so</b>


<b>Hoang: well, doned ( it’s a great cake)</b>
<b>Linh: thanks </b>


*)Lead-in:


<i>- uses Word square to introduce the song: Auld</i>
Lang Syne..


<b>1.pre-listening:</b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


- Auld Lang Syne (N): The time goes past;
<i>the good old days</i>



Listen and repeat
Practice


Write down


<b>Respond</b>
-thanks


-it’s nice of you to say so
-that’s very kind of you


-work in pairs practice before
class


-practice in pairs before class
-make up the dialogues


<b>- try out and repeat </b>
<b>chorally-individually</b>


- give the meaning &
pronunciation


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(89)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=89>

While


Post


<i>In Scots: Auld = old; Lang = Long;</i>
<i>Syne = Since</i>



<i> - acquaintance (N) / …………../ (Trans)</i>
- thine = yours


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- uses What and Where to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: Open prediction.</b>


- hangs on the poster with the song and runs
through the information.


- asks Ss to predict the missing information in
the gaps


- gets feedback.
<b>2.while-listening</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Listen and check the predictions</b>
*) Answer key:


a, days c, mind e, hand
<i>b, take f, kindness</i>


- asks Ss be about listening to the text about
the song.


- plays the tape twice.


- asks them to share their results.


- plays the tape once again


- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once again and checks the
information.


<b>3. post-listening :</b>


<b>Act.1: Give the appropriate compliment and </b>
<i><b>respond for each situation. (P.66)</b></i>


*) Example:


<i>Mai:Well done, Trang</i>
<i>Trang: Thanks</i>


-hangs on the pictures and helps Ss to pick out
the situation.


- gives the example and asks Ss to work in
pairs to practice giving and responding to
compliments.


- asks Ss to show their ideas to the front.
- corrects if necessary


- read through the song.


- work in groups, writing their


predictions on the worksheets
- stick their predictions on the
board.


- pay attention.


- listen and take notes.


- work in groups & share their
ideas.


- keep listening.


- speak out their answers.
- give feedback and correct the
answers and their predictions.
- copy it down.


*) Questions for Teacher.
<i>?Who are they</i>


<i>? What has Trang just got</i>
<i>? What does Mai say</i>


<i>? What does Trang respond.</i>
- look at them , answer the Qs.
- make the model with teacher
and build up their


conversations through pictures.


- practice giving a compliment.
- correct themselves


- share their ideas in groups
and make the conversations.
- play the role to the front.
- compare their language.
<b>4.Consolidation: </b>


-Asks the whole to sing the song again.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


-asks Ss to practice the song at home.
-do excercerse 2,3 P 53,54 in work book
-instructs them to prepare : Read (P68).


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(90)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=90>

Pre: <b>Period: 50 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS</b>


Teaching: <b>Lesson 3: Read</b>


<b>I.objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- understand the details of the passages about the feelings from the children for their
fathers


- know more about Father/<sub>s Day and talk about their fathers.</sub>
- Skills: Reading .



<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


<b> - do ex 2,3 P53,54 in work book</b>
-The students prepare new lesson


<b>3.New lesson:</b>


A.warm-up:


T: sticks the cards on the board and asks Ss to match them with the following celebrations.
<i>1.Women/<sub>s Day 3.Father</sub>/<sub>s Day 5. Lunar New Year</sub></i>


<i>2. Teacher/<sub>s Day 4. Christmas Day </sub></i> <i><sub> 6. </sub></i>
<i>Birthday</i>


<b> B. Presentation</b>:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre



*)Lead-in: Chatting


<i>? What do you do on Women/<sub>s Day/ </sub></i>


<i>Teacher/<sub>s Day/ </sub>………<sub>. ? Do you know </sub></i>
<i>Father/<sub>s Day. What will you do on Father</sub>/<sub>s </sub></i>
<i>day.?</i>


-introduces the lesson.
<b>1.pre-reading:</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>hug (N) /.../ { (to) hug/ to give a hug</i>


<i>- considerate(Adj.) /………./</i>
<i>- sense of humor { humorous (Adj) </i>
<i>Ex: Nam always has a sense of humor.</i>
<i>- Priority (N) /…………./</i>


<i>- terrific (Adj) /…………../</i>


- elicits the words from the Ss and says them
out.


- writes and checks.


- uses Slap The Board to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: T/F statement predictions</b>
*) Statements:



<i>1. Rita/<sub>s father teaches him how to love, cry </sub></i>
<i>and laugh.</i>


<i>2. Jane is now a little girl. She always </i>
<i>remembers the days when she lived with her</i>
<i>father.</i>


- think about and then speak
out their ideas





<i> (Picture)</i>


(Trans.)
<i>(Explanation)</i>
(Trans.)
= wonderful


- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


- Play the game into two teams.


- read them through.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(91)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=91>

While


Post


<i>3. Jane is always a little girl of her father.</i>
<i>4. Bob/<sub>s father is a considerate and </sub></i>
<i>generous man.</i>


<i>5. All his friends do not know him a lot.</i>
- hangs on the statements and focus Ss on
the information.


- asks Ss to predict the information in
groups.


- gets feedback.
<b>2.while-reading</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Read the passages and check the </b>
<i><b>predictions.</b></i>


<i><b>*)Answer key:1. T2. F3. T 4. T 5. F</b></i>


- asks Ss to read the passages again to check
their predictions.


- gets feedback again.
- checks the understanding.



<b>a)Act.1: Answer the questions.(P.69)</b>
*)Answer key:


<i>a,……to his father.</i>


<i>b, He is possibly dead. These ideas: How..</i>
<i>c, He has a sense of humor.</i>


<i>d, A father as a teacher, a caretaker ……..</i>
- hangs on the Qs. on the board & runs
through them.


- asks them to read again to answer all.
- gets feed back , asks the whole to check
- asks Ss to play the role with the Qs.,
<b>3.post-reading: </b>


<i><b>Talk about your father</b></i>


their predictions on the
worksheets.


- stick the worksheets on the
board.


- read it and then share their
ideas in pairs.


- give their answers.



- give out the information in the
passages.


- read through the questions.
- read it and share their ideas in
pairs.


- speak out &write their
answers on the BB


- correct the answers and copy
down.


- ask and answer the Qs.
Ex:


<i>S1: What is your father/<sub>s </sub></i>
<i>name?</i>


<i>S2: He is Nam</i>
<i>S1: How old is he?</i>


<i>S2: He is forty- five years old. </i>


<i>………</i>


- complete the information in
the Table about their father.
- make the model with T and
use their own language to ask


and answer.


- make the conversations to the
front..


<b>4.Consolidation: </b>


- ? What should you do on Father/<sub>s Day.</sub>
<b>5.Homework:</b>


<b> - asks Ss to read the text at home again and write about their father , using the information </b>
on the Table..


-do ex 5 P57 in work book
- asks Ss to prepare: Write- P.70




---Pre: <b>Period: 51 </b>

<b>Test corection</b>



Teaching:
<b>I.objectives:</b>
<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- T’s correct the test ,helps Ss understand the test they have done
- T’s has method for next periods


<b>II.Preparation:</b>
Material: Paper tests
Equipment:



<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b>Name</b> <i>Nam</i>


<b>Age</b> <i>45</i>


<b>Job</b> <i>Worker</i>


<b>Appearance</b> <i>Tall</i>


<b>Character</b> <i>Generous</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(92)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=92>

<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- do ex 5 P57 in work book
<b>3.New lesson:</b>


<b>Test( Ch½n ) </b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. about B. around C. found D. enormous
2. A. number B. tumble C. plumber D. cabbage
3. A. foucet B. efficient C. receive D. electricity
4. A. saved B. helped C. checked D. reduced


5. A. energy B. forgot C. suggest D. vegetable
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1.We should use public buses………..of motorbikes or cars


A. instead B. because C. in spite D. change
2.a lot of sea creatures will be ……….if people stop using dynamite for fishing.
A. a good preserved B. well preserved C.good preserving D. well preserving
3.we can save natural………by using solar energy.


A. products B. forests C. wildlives D.resources
4. in my family lighting………..for 30 persent of the electricity bill.


A. looks B. a counts C. takes D. chooses
5. We should have a ………waste basket for waste paper.


A. divided B. lonely C. separate D. single
6. we won’t eat ………the whole area is clean.


A. until B. sinces C. however D.but
7. I suggest that we……….use banana leaves to wrap food.


A. must B. should C. can D. ought to


8. We are………that raw sewage is pumped directly in to the sea.
A. worry B. boring C. sad D. appoint
<b>III. give the correct form of the verb…..(2points)</b>


1. if we(run out)……..…………of oil, we (need)……..………….other kinds of energy.
2.pollution( increase)………..…………if we (use)………more oil and coal.
3.if pollution(increase)……….more and more trees(die)………


4.the climate(change)………if more trees(die)………...
5.if we(try)……….to control pollution,it (be)………expensive.
<b>IV.fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals ( 1,5points)</b>


1.you must be ……….when you open the door. -CARE
2.we must clean about keeping the environment……….. -POLLUTE
3.Don’t eat those vegetables!-they’re………... -POISON
4.in the future,many buildings will be ……….. by solar energy. -HOT


5.we want to by ………..that will save money. -PRODUCE
<b>III./ Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


<b>- Dirty - sourse -theaters - areas - wastes</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(93)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=93>

………cause water pollution when they are poured in to water ways. These wastes
kill fish and make some (5)……….unfit for swimming , in addition, many large
cities have difficultly dispoising of their garbage the amount of garbage grows each year,
but places to put it are quickly fiiling up.


<b>Test( LỴ ) </b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. resort B. install C. conserve D. consumer
2. A. detail B. category C. natural D. lighting
3. A. sun B. funtion C. understand D. conclusion
4. A. advice B. matter C. machine D. appliance
5. A. idea B. clear C. appear D. weather
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>



1.Tom failed the exam………..he has lazy.


A. such B. that C. like D. as
2.we are thirsty ………the water in the stream was polluted.


A. however B. there for C.so D. because
3. I got up late because my a larm clock didn’t……….


A. see off B. turn off C. go off D.take off


4. I suggest that………a short cut through the field , I’ll take much less time.
A. take B. taking C. to take D. to taking


5. We’ll have to pay a very expensive cost……….we protect the environment.
A. if B. when C. unless D. and


6. ……….energy is much sufer than nuclear power.


A. solar B. sun C. sunny D.sun’s
7. Don’t forget to turn ……….the lights when you leave the classroom.


A. on B. out C. off D. up


8. We have to get the pipes checked by a ………
A. machenic B. piper C. enginer D. plumber
<b>III. give the correct form of the verb…..(2points)</b>


1. if we(run out)……..…………of oil, we (need)……..………….other kinds of energy.
2.pollution( increase)………..…………if we (use)………more oil and coal.


3.if pollution(increase)……….more and more trees(die)………
4.the climate(change)………if more trees(die)………...
5.if we(try)……….to control pollution,it (be)………expensive.
<b>IV.fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals ( 1,5points)</b>


1. you are talking complete……… - SENSE
2. environmental………..………..is every body’s responsibility - PROTECT
3. ……… … is now a serious problem in many countries - FOREST
4. the price of ………has gone up again . - ELECTRIC
5. if it doesn’t rain soon ,there’ll be agreat………...….of water. - SHORT
<b>III./ Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


<b>- Dirty - sourse -theaters - areas - wastes</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(94)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=94>

live in cities. City (4)………cause water pollution when they are poured in to water
ways. These wastes kill fish and make some (5)……….unfit for swimming , in
addition, many large cities have difficultly dispoising of their garbage the amount of
garbage grows each year, but places to put it are quickly fiiling up.


<b>Đáp án chấm bài kiểm tra môn Tiếng Anh Số 3</b>


<b>Đề : Chẵn</b>



<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that</b>
<b> of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1->D 2->C 3->B 4->A 5->B


<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1->D 2->A 3->C 4->B 5->C 6->A 7->C 8->D
<b>III. give the correct form of the verb…..(2points)</b>



1 : run out / will need
2 : will increase / use
3 : increases / will die
4 : will chang / die
5 : try / will be


<b>IV.fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals ( 1,5points)</b>
1 : nonsense 2 : protection 3 : deforestation 4 : electricity 5 : shortage
<b>III. Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


1 -> souse 2 -> dirty 3 -> theater 4 -> wastes 5 -> areas

<b>§Ị : LỴ</b>



<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently </b>
<b>from that of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1->A 2->C 3->D 4->B 5->D


<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1->A 2->B 3->d 4->B 5->C 6->A 7->B 8->C
<b>III. give the correct form of the verb…..(2points)</b>


1 : run out / will need
2 : will increase / use
3 : increases / will die
4 : will chang / die
5 : try / will be


<b>IV.fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals ( 1,5points)</b>


1 : careful 2 : unpolluted 3 : poisonous 4 : heated 5 : products


<b>III. Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>
1 -> souse 2 -> dirty 3 -> theater 4 -> wastes 5 -> areas


<b>Néi dung</b> <b>NhËn biÕt</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu</b>


<b>Vận dụng</b>
<b>cấp độ thấp</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>


<b>cấp độ cao</b> <b>Tổng</b>


KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(95)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=95>

1® <b> 1®</b>


Vocabulary and
Grammar


8c



5c
1,5®


<b>13c</b>
<b> </b>


<b> 5,5®</b>


Writing 5c


2® <b>5c 2®</b>


Reading 5c


1,


<b>5c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>Tỉng</b> <b>8c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 4®</b>


<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1®</b>


<b>10c</b>


<b>3,5®</b>
<b>5c</b>



<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>28c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 10®</b>


Test 15’

<b> ( Test 1)</b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the </b>
<b>other words in each group.</b>


1. A am<i>ou</i>nt B.c<i>ou</i>ld C.m<i>ou</i>ntain D.r<i>ou</i>nd
2. A.b<i>u</i>t B.d<i>u</i>mp C.red<i>u</i>ce D.s<i>u</i>mmer
3. A.<i>a</i>ction B.f<i>a</i>ctory C.pl<i>a</i>n D.save
4. A.br<i>oa</i>d B.f<i>oa</i>m C.g<i>oa</i>t D.t<i>oa</i>st


5. A.br<i>ea</i>d B.p<i>ea</i>r C.pl<i>ea</i>sure D.tr<i>ea</i>sure
<b>II. choose the best answer </b>


1.Tet is a good time when family members……….a part get together.
a. live b. who live c. lived d. who living
2. Sticky rice cakes are a………..dish at Tet in Viet Nam .


a. tranditional b. trandition c. Custom d. Customary
3. The Sedern is a special meal …………on the first two nights of Passover by Jewish
family .


a. eaten b. eating c. celebration d. celebrating
4. some people consider Easter a ………..festival rather than a religions festival.



a. happy b. cheer c. joyful d. joke


5. Chocolate and eggs are what children receive…………..Easter.


a. at b. on c. in d. with


<b>( Test 2)</b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the </b>
<b>other words in each group.</b>


1. A. <i>s</i>uger B. <i>s</i>ure C. <i>s</i>hy D.<i>s</i>ource


2. A. ba<i>th</i> B. ba<i>th</i>e C. bo<i>th</i> D. brea<i>th</i>


3. A. bags B. bubble<i>s</i> C. rock<i>s </i> D. treasure<i>s</i>


4. A.dropp<i>ed</i> B. land<i>ed</i> C. protect<i>ed</i> D. wast<i>ed</i>


5. A. happen<i>ed</i> B. minimiz<i>ed</i> C. recycl<i>ed</i> D. reduc<i>ed</i>


<b>II. choose the best answer </b>


1.The first prize of the story-telling contest was………to a nine-grade students.
a. a ward b. awarding C. to award D. awarded


2.The person …………nominated the most effective activist comes from Nguyen Du
secondary school.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(96)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=96>

3.Our form teacher …………..Nam on his contribution to the program.


a. addressed b. awarded c. congratulated d. complimented
4. <i>Auld Lang Syne</i> is the little of a Scottish song …………means <i>good time long ago</i>


a. who b. which c. having d. had


5.what I like best about my uncle is his ……….of humor .


a. telling b. jokes c. character d.sense
<b>Key: ( Test 1)</b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced …………</b>
1=>b 2=> c 3=> d 4=> a 5=> b


<b>II. choose the best answer </b>


1=>b 2=> a 3=>a 4=>c 5=> a
<b>( Test 2)</b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced………</b>
1=> d 2=> b 3=>c 4=> a 5=> d


<b>II. choose the best answer </b>


1=> d 2=> c 3=> d 4=> b 5=> d


<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- coments the students do the tests


<b>5.Home works:</b>


-Prepare for the next period ; Unit 8 write




---Pre: <b>Period: 52 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS</b>


Teaching: <b>Lesson 4: Write</b>


<b>I.objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- write a paragraph about their ideas of celebrating Mother/<sub>s Day or Father</sub>/<sub>s Day.</sub>
- Skills: Writing .


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


<b> - do ex 2,3 P53,54 in work book</b>
-The students prepare new lesson



<b>3.New lesson:</b>


A. Warm-up: <i>Network</i>


Women/<sub>s Day Teacher</sub>/<sub>s Day</sub>


B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


*)Lead-in: Chatting


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(97)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=97>

Pre


While


Post


<i>?Do Vietnamese people celebrate Father/<sub>s or </sub></i>
<i>Mother/<sub>s Day</sub></i>


<i>? In which countries do people celebrate it</i>
<i>? When does it occur</i>


<i>? What do people often do on that day.</i>
- introduces the task of the lesson.
<b>1.pre-writing : </b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>



<i>- (to) express one/<sub>s feelings (Explanation)</sub></i>
<i>- (to) enhance (Trans.)</i>


<i>- (to) have an opportunity to do something</i>
<i>= (to) have a chance to do something</i>
<i>- memory (N) (Trans.)</i>


<i>- (to) support (N) (Trans.)</i>


- elicits the words from the Ss and says them
out.


- writes and checks.


- uses Slap The Board to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: Presentation text </b>


*) Outline of a paragraph:


<i>1. Introduction: Talking about the reasons you </i>
<i>want to celebrate Mother/<sub>s Day or Father</sub>/<sub>s </sub></i>
<i>Day.</i>


<i>2. Body: Giving details about when, how to </i>
<i>celebrate, what special gifts and food to offer.</i>
<i>3. Conclusion: State whether or not you think </i>
<i>your ideas will be reported and you hope it will</i>
<i>be celebrated.</i>



- asks Ss to read the outline at P.70.


- gets feedback and checks the understanding
of the outline.


- explains more each part of a paragraph used to
connect the ideas.


<b>2.while-writing:</b>


a)Act.1: Answer the questions.


<i>1. Why do you want to celebrate Mother/<sub>s Day/</sub></i>
<i>Father/<sub>s Day ?.</sub></i>


<i>2. When will you celebrate it? Why do you </i>
<i>want that day?</i>


<i>3. How will you celebrate it?</i>


<i>4. What special gifts do you want to give to </i>
<i>your Mother/Father?</i>


<i>5. What foods do you want to offer them?</i>
- hangs on the Qs. and asks Ss to ask and
answer them in pairs.


- gets feedback


- makes some information clearly


b)Act.2: Write a paragraph.


-asks Ss to write the paragraph individually
- goes around to help Ss.


- gives out the cellophanes (about 4) and asks
Ss to write their paragraph in groups.


<b>3. post-writing : </b>


<i><b>Exhibition</b></i>


- collects 3 paragraphs from Ss and put them in
the overhead.


- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


- Play the game into two teams.


- read it and give their answers
and explain the main content of
each paragraph.


- copy it down.


- ask and answer the questions


to pick out the information.
- ask and answer to the front.
- take notes.


- write a paragraph about
having a day to celebrate for
their Mom.


- discuss in groups, share their
ideas and write their letter on
the cellophanes.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(98)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=98>

- helps the whole to correct.
<b>Position:</b>


<b>First: -In my opinions , it is necessary / important / essential to have a day to celebrate for </b>
our parents .


<b>Reasons; -children will have a special day to express their feeling , memories and love for </b>
their parents , we have an opportunity to enhane family tranditions , members of families
can have a chance to get together to know one other and to help one another .


<b>Second;=> when celebrate…………</b>


-first Sunday of april ; Sunday is a day off so every day is freedom from work or study ,
april is late spring or early summer and the weather is generally fine at this time of the
year ,many activities can happen out doors .


=> How to celebrate …………



- it is not necessary to have parties but it’s a good idea to have a lunch or dinner with all
members of the family , children should serve their perents the food that they like best .
<b>Third;-I believe the idea will be supported nation wide because every body loves their </b>
parents and want want their parents to be happy .


<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- uses Exhibition to revise the way too write a paragraph.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to complete their paragraphs and write another one about a day for their
Fathers.


- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.70-73.


………...


Pre: <b>Period: 53 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS</b>


Teaching: <b>Lesson 5: Language focus</b>


<b>I.objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to: recognize and destingwish relative clauses
- how to use them in various situation


- Practice the relative clauses and adverbs clauses of cocession with a series of
excercises


- Skills: Writing


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book and work book
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
<b> Attendance : 9A :</b>
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


<b> - do ex 2,3 P53,54 in work book</b>
-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


A.Warm-up :


=> Sentences need tobe completed


1.New’s year’s Ever Day is the night when………..
2.April fool’s day is a day when……….


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(99)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=99>

6.Mother’s day is the day ………..
7……..


B.Presentation:


<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>St’s activities</sub></b>


Present..



Practice


<i><b>*Presentation:</b></i>


Introduces : How to use Relative clauses


=> Đứng liền ngay sau 1 danh từ , làm chủ từ , bổ
túc từ hay sở hữu cách cho mệnh đề sau .


ChØ ngêi : Who
ChØ vËt : Which


<i><b>1.Act.1:Join the sentences . use relative clauses</b></i>
<b>a.Auld lang Syne is a song which is sung on new </b>
year’s Eve


<b>b. This watch is a gift which was given to me by </b>
my aunt on my birthday


<b>c. My friend Tom who sings westerm folk song </b>
very well ( can compose song)


<b>d. we often go to the town culture house which </b>
always opens on picnic holidays .


<b>e. I like reading books which tell about different </b>
people and their culture.


<b>f. on my Mom birthday my Dad gave her roses </b>


<i>which were very sweet and beautiful.</i>


<b>g. Judy liked the full –moon festival which </b>
happened in mid-fall very much.


<b>h. tomorrow I’ll go to the air port to meet my </b>
friends who come to stay with us during the
christmas


<i><b>2.Act.2 Desrite each of the people in the picture </b></i>
<i><b>use relative clauses</b></i>


<b>a. My dad is the man who is sitting in an armchair </b>
with a present on his laps


<b>b. My Mom is the women who is standing behind </b>
my Dad .


<b>c. Linda is the little girl who is wearing a yellow </b>
dress.


<b>d. My grandmorher is the women who is wearing a</b>
violet blouse.


<b>e. My uncle is the man who is wearing a pink </b>
Jumper.


<b>f. Jack is the little boy who is sitting on his mother </b>
lap



<i><b>3.Activity 3 : Join sentences.use the words in </b></i>
<i><b>brackets . the first is done for you .</b></i>


Use: ( though , although , eventhough + clause ) ;
dù ,mặc dù……….


<b>b. </b><i>although</i> we don’t have a mother’s day in Viet
Nam Dad and I have special gifts and parties for
my mom every year on the 8th<sub> of march.</sub>


<b>c. We went to Ha Noi to watch the parade on the </b>
National Day last year <i>eventhough</i> we live in Nam
Dinh


-Listen to the teacher
-write down


-work in groups Join the
sentences . use relative


clauses
-do on the board


- correct and write down


-work in groups
- do on the board


- correct and write down



-Students work in groups
.Join sentences.use the words
in brackets . the first is done
for you .


Work in groups then do on
the board


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(100)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=100>

Pro


<b>d. Many tourists enjoy most of the festivals in Viet</b>
Nam <i>though</i> tourists understand vietnamese
culture very much


<b>e. In Australia Christmas season is in summer </b>


<i>eventhough</i> the autralians enjoy christmas as much
as people do in other European countries do .
<b>f. although Tim came to the main part of trafic </b>
jam he could see the main par t of the show .
4<i><b>.Activity 4 : Look at the picture .complete the </b></i>
<i><b>sentences .use the correct tense of the verbs and </b></i>
<i><b>the information.</b></i>


Use: ( though , although , eventhough )
-Let check their answer for each other


<b>b.</b><i>eventhough</i> Liz has an exam tomorrow she is
still watching TV now .



<b>c. It rained yesterday </b><i>although</i> the weather bureau
predicted the weather would fine


<b>d.Ba ate a lot of food </b><i>though</i> he wasn’t hungry
<b>e. </b><i>eventhough</i> the keyboard wasn’t working well
Mary tried to finish letter.


Do then give the answer
Correct and write down


<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- Retell how to use relative clause 9 though , although and eventhough…..
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- Redo all the exercises above


- asks St’s prepare for next period Unite 9 getting started , listen and read


………...
Pre: <b> Period: 54 UNIT 9: </b>

<b>Natural Disasters</b>



Teaching: <b>Lesson 1: getting started and listen & read</b>
<b>I. objectives:</b>


<b> - At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Learn vocabulary about disasters and understand the dialogue about the weather.
- Talk about the weather of the countries in Viet Nam.



<b> Skills: Listening, reading and speaking.</b>
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
<b> Attendance : 9A :</b>
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


<b> -The students prepare new lesson </b>
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b> A.warm -up: Matching (Getting started- p74)</b>


T: uses the pictures and asks Ss to share their ideas in groups to match them with the
phrases


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(101)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=101>

<i><b>2.</b></i> <i> earthquake</i> <i>4. typhoon</i>
<i><b>*) Lead-in: </b></i>


<i><b>3.</b></i> <i>?Do you often see a snowstorm/ earthquake/….</i>


<i><b>4.</b></i> <i>? Where does a snowstorm/ earthquake …. often occur</i>
<b>B. Presentation:</b>


<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>St s activities</sub></b><sub>’</sub>



<b>Present</b>


<b>Practice</b>


<b>post</b>


<b>1.Presentation:</b>
<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- snowstorm (N) ;bão tuyết</i>
<i>- earthquake(n) ;động đất </i>
<i>- volcano (N) ; núi lửa</i>
<i>- typhoon (N); bão to </i>


<i>- thunderstorm (N) ; bão có sấm sét)mưa to</i>
<i>- hight lands (N);vùng núi cao</i>


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- asks Ss to make the sentences and runs
through the words.


- uses Slap the board to check vocab.
<b>b.Act.2: Listen and answer the Qs..</b>
<b>*)Guiding questions:</b>


<i>1. What is on TV+?</i>


<i>2.What is the temperature in HCM city?</i>


<i>3. Does Grandma trust weather forecast?</i>
- writes the questions on the board.


- introduces the passage.
- plays the tape twice.
- gets feedback.
- plays the tape again


- aks Ss to read the text again to check
- asks Ss to read the text aloud in groups.
<b>2.practice:</b>


<b>a.Act.1: Read the text and fill in the blank </b>
<i><b>(Part b-P.75)</b></i>


<b>*)Answer key:</b>


<b>1.</b> turn up- weather forecast
<b>2.</b> raining


<b>3.</b> central highlands
<b>4.</b> have temperatures


<b>5.</b> the weather forecast- watching them
- hangs on the poster with the missing
information and runs through the
information.


- asks Ss to read the text again and find out
the missing information.



- gets feedback.


<b>3.Further practice: Ask and answer </b>
<b>about the weather</b>


Example exchange:


<i>S1: What/<sub>s the weather like in Ha Noi?</sub></i>
<i>S2: It is hot and sunny</i>




- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning & make
sentences and read through them.
- play the game into two teams.
<i>- The weather forecast …..</i>
<i>- . between 27o<sub>C and 32</sub>o<sub>C</sub></i>
<i>- No, she doesn't</i>


- reads through the information.
- pay attention


- listen to the tape to get
information.


- give their answer individually.


- check their answers again.


- read it and confirm their answers
- play the role in groups of five


- read through the sentences.
- read it and share their ideas in
pairs.


- give their answers and explain
them


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(102)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=102>

<i>S1: What is the temperature?</i>


<i>S2: It has the temperature between 27o<sub>C </sub></i>
<i>and 35o<sub>C</sub></i>


- gives the language and makes the model.
- asks Ss to practice it in pairs, basing the
map at P.75


- gives feedback.


- make the model with T.
- ask and answer about the


weather in different places in VN.
- talk about the weather


<b>4.Consolidation: Do ex True or false</b>


1.there won’t be any sunshine in HN
2.Temperature in Hue will be over 30.0c
3.it will be cloudy in Cuu Long delta


4.Thuy is going out for a picnic with her old friends
5.Thuy’s grandmother asks her to being along a warm
6. Thuy follows her grand mother’s advice.


Key: 3,4 True
1,2,5,6 False
<b>5.Homework:</b>


-Learn by heart old lesson


- do ex 1,2 Page 58,59 in work book
-Prepare for next period Speak and listen


Pre: <b> Period: 55 UNIT 9: </b>

<b>Natural Disasters</b>



Teaching: <b>Lesson 2: </b>

<b>speak & listen</b>



<b>I. objectives:</b>


<b>- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:listen and understand the content of the talk </b>
about living with earthquake and find out the good ways to protect their family from
earthquake.


- understand and use (should) for advice to talk about their preparation for a forthcoming
typhoon.



<b>Skills: </b>

speaking

&Listening
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(103)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=103>

Attendance : 9A
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- do ex 1,2 Page 58,59 in work book
-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b>A. Warm-up: Network</b>


<i> typhoon flood</i>


<i> </i>


<b>B. Presentation:</b>


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre-Speak


*)Lead-in:


<i>- uses Network to intrduce how to live with </i>


earthquake.


<b>1.Pre-speak:</b>


* introduce new words:


- canned food (N) ; T.ăn đóng hộp
- bucket (N); thùng đựng nước
- fix the leak(V) ; sửa….rột thủng
- peg-ropes ; cột dây


- door latches ; cửa lớn
- Power cut ; mất điện
- Available; có sẵn


- Damage ; bẻ gẫy = destroy


-Asks st’s listen and repeat , practice then write
down


-listen and repeat
-practice


- write down


While <b><sub>2.w</sub><sub> hile- speaking;</sub></b>


-Asks st’s choosing possible answer the work
in pairs study the list and check what



preparations should be made with in pairs for a
typhoon.


-calls on students give the correct answer
v. – buying candles


v.-buying matches


v.- filling all buckets with water
v.-buying a ladder


v.- fixing the leak in roof
<b>suggestions:</b>


<b>1/. A. I think we should buy some candles and </b>
matches before typhoon


B/. yes; I’m agree with you , because there
may be a power cut when the wind is strong.


-work in pairs check (v) what
preparation


Give and write down


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(104)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=104>

Post


Pre


While



Post


<b>2/. A. I think we should fill all the buckets </b>
with water .


B . what for ?


A.it’s necessary because the water pipes may
be damaged by the typhoon


<b>3/ . A. I think we should tie the roof to the </b>
ground with pegs and ropes


B.just in case big trees may fall down ,
because there must be strong wind browing
-asks students do ex true and false


1.We should buy some candles
2.we should invite some friends
3.we should buy a dog…


4………
5……..


<b>1.p re-listening : </b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


- (to) block (Trans.)Kh<i>ối, tòa nhà</i>
<i> - (the) potted plant/ : Cây trong chậu</i>



<i>5. mirror (N) (Picture)Gương</i>
<i>6. plastic containers (Trans.)</i>
- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- uses What and Where to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: Open prediction (P.77).</b>


- hangs on the text with missing information
and runs through


- asks Ss to predict the missing information in
the gaps and gets feedback.


<b>2.w hile-listening</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Listen and check the predictions</b>
*) Answer key:


<i>1. bottom sheft of your bookshelves</i>
<i>2. fridge 6. inside</i>


<i>3. washing machine 7. under a strong table</i>
<i>4. mirrors 8. doorway</i>


<i>5. a window 9. corner of a room</i>
- asks Ss be about listening to the text
- plays the tape twice.



- asks them to share their results.


- plays the tape again and gets feedback.
- plays the tape once again and checks the
information.


<b>3.p ost-listening :</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Check what preparations you think </b>
<i><b>should be made for a typhoon.</b></i>


- asks Ss to work in groups to pick out the
good ideas to prepare for a typhoon


- gets and gives feedback.


- asks the whole to share their ideas.


Do ex true and false


- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning &
pronounciation


- read and then rewrite the
rubbed words.


- read through the information.


- work in groups, writing their
predictions on the worksheets
- stick their predictions on the
board.


<b>The tape</b>


<i>If you live in an earchquake, </i>
<i>you should take some time to </i>
<i>look around your house.Places</i>
<i>heavy books on the bottom </i>
<i>shelf of your bookshelf. Block </i>
<i>the rollers on your fridge and </i>
<i>washing machine to prevent </i>
<i>them from moving. Put </i>
<i>hanging potted plants in </i>
<i>plastic containers. Check the </i>
<i>mirrors in your bathroom and </i>
<i>bedroom. Mak sure them can’t </i>
<i>move, don’t put your bed next </i>
<i>to the window.</i>


<i>Planing where you are going </i>
<i>to be during an earchquake is </i>
<i>very important. The first thing </i>
<i>to remember is to stay inside. </i>
<i>Then you should sit under a </i>
<i>strong table or doorway, or </i>
<i>stand in the corner of the </i>
<i>room.</i>



- pay attention.


- listen and take notes.


- work in groups & share their
ideas.


- keep listening.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(105)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=105>

<b>b)Act.2: Presentation Text</b>
<b>1.Model:</b>


S1: I think we should buy
<i>S2: Yes, I think so. But why?</i>


<i>S1: Because the markets will be closed and </i>
<i>S2: I think we should buy a ladder.</i>


<i>S1: What for?</i>


<i>S2: We need to fix the roof because there </i>
<b>2. Form: Use to give advice or make </b>
<i>suggestions:</i>


- I think we should …….
It would be better if we …..


- asks Ss to practice the model in the book and
then pick out the language



- writes the model and runs through them.
- does concept check.


-explains more and runs through the model


Act.3: Discussion (Part b-P 76)


<b>- asks Ss to use the information at P.76 and </b>
<b>practice giving their ideas in pairs.</b>


- asks Ss to show their ideas to the front.
- corrects if neccessary


- write their answers on the
posters


- stick the posters on the board.
- share and compare


- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning, stress &
make sentences.


- match the words with the
Vietnamese meaning.


- try to pick out the language.


- read through the model.
- give the meaning, form and
use.


- listen and copy down.


- make the model with teacher
first and build up their


conversations through the cues.
- practice giving their ideas
about preperations for a
typhoon.


- correct themselves.


<b>4.Consolidation: </b>


- Asks Ss to run through the ways to live with an earthquake.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- Learn by heart old lesson
- Do ex 3,4 p60 in work book
- prepare for next period : Read


……….
Pre: <b> Period: 56 UNIT 9: </b>

<b>Natural Disasters</b>



Teaching: <b>Lesson 3 : read</b>



<b>I. objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to: 7 understand the details of the passages about
the natural disasters that usually happen in the world.


* Skills: Reading, Writing and Speaking.
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(106)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=106>

- do ex 3,4 Page 60 in work book
-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


A.warm-up: Slap the board


<b>B.Presentation:</b>


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre


While


*)Lead-in: Chatting


<i>?Where do earthquakes usually happen </i>


-introduces the lesson.


<b>1.pre-reading : </b>
<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- (to) collapse (Pic.)sụp, đổ</i>


<i>-(the) abrupt shift (Trans.)Sự thay đổi bất ngờ./</i>
<i>-(the) tidal waves (Trans) Sóng thần</i>


<i>-(to) erupt (Pick)Phun trào</i>
<i> { volcanic eruption (N)</i>
<i>-(to) suck up (Pict.)hút lên</i>
<i>- (a) funnel (Pict.)Cái phểu</i>


- elicits the words from the Ss and says them
out.


- writes and checks.


- uses Matching to check vocab.


<b>b)Act.2: T/F statement predictions(P.79)</b>
- hangs on the statements and focus Ss on the
information.


- asks Ss to predict the information in groups.
- gets feedback.


<b>2.while-reading</b>



<b>a)Act.1: Read the passages and check the </b>
<i><b>predictions.</b></i>


<i><b>*)Answer key:</b></i>


<i><b> 1. T 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F 6.T</b></i>
- asks Ss to read the passages again to check
their predictions.


- gets feedback again.
- checks the understanding.


<b>a)Act.1: Read the passage and complete the </b>
<i><b>sentences.(P.79)</b></i>


*)Answer key:


<i>1,…..occur in the Pacific Rim</i>


<i>2,…..people were killed</i>


<i>3, …….there is an abrupt shift in the </i>
<i>underwater movement of the Earth</i>
<i>4,…….a cyclone</i>


<i>5,…..the word “Typhoon”</i>


<i>6,…. pass overland below a thunderstorm.</i>
- hangs on the sentences on the board & runs


through them.


- think about and then speak
out their ideas


- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


- match the words with
Vietnamese meaning.
- read them through.


- share their ideas and write
their predictions on the
worksheets.


- stick the worksheets on the
board.


<b>3.fales: the tidal wave traveled</b>
from Alaska to California
<b>5.fales: the erouption of mount</b>
Pinatubo is the world largest
Vocanic erouption in more
than 50 years


- read it and then share their


ideas in pairs.


- give their answers.


- give out the information in
the passage


- read through the questions.
- read it and share their ideas
in pairs.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(107)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=107>

Post - asks them to read the passage again to complete it.
- gets feed back.


- asks the whole to check.
<b>3.post-reading: </b>


<i><b>Talk about natural disasters</b></i>
<i>1,Where do earthquakes often occur?</i>
<i>2, When do the tidal waves occur</i>


<i>3, What are the names of tropical storms?</i>
<i>4,What are tornaodes?</i>


- writes down the questions and asks Ss to
answer them in pairs.


- gets feedback


- speak out &write their


answers on the BB


- correct the answers and copy
down.


- read the text again and
practice asking and answering.
- make the conversations to the
front..


<b>4.Consolidation: </b>
- Use Post-reading.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


<b> - asks Ss to read the text at home again.</b>
- asks Ss to prepare: Write- P.80



---Pre: <b> Period: 57 UNIT 9: </b>

<b>Natural Disasters</b>



Teaching: <b>Lesson 4: write</b>


<b>I. objectives:</b>


<b>-At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- write a paragragh about their ideas of celebrating Mother/<sub>s Day or Father</sub>/<sub>s Day.</sub>
-Skills: Writing .


<b>II.Preparation:</b>



Material: text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b>1.Class organizatio</b>
Attendance : 9A
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


<i>? Where do earthquakes usually occur</i>
<i>? When does a tidal wave occur</i>


<i>? What do we call a tropical storm in Australia/ Asia/ South and North America/ China</i>
<i>? What is a tornado</i>


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


A.warm up; *)Lead-in: Chatting
<i>?Have you ever see a strom</i>
<i>? What did it look like.</i>


- introduces the task of the lesson.
B.Presentation:


Stages Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub> <sub>St’s activities</sub>


Pre <b>1.pre-writing:</b>



<b>a)Act.1: Discover the picture (P.80)</b>


- hangs on the pictures and ask Ss to work in
groups to pick out their meaning.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(108)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=108>

While


Post


- elicits the language from Ss.


- asks the whole to share their ideas and
express their ideas from the pictures
Ex: Pic.1: Lan played with her dog
- notices Ss with the Simple past, Past
continuous and Past perfect


<b>2.while-writing:</b>


a)Act.1: Write a story about a typhoon.
- makes the model for the first sentence and
ask for Ss/<sub> understanding.</sub>


- asks Ss to complete the story individually 
in groups.


- goes round to help Ss.


- makes some information clearly.
<b>3. post-writing:</b>



<i><b>Exhibition</b></i>


- asks each S to write their sentence on the
blackboard.


- asks the whole to correct the result
- gives feedback


- behave ;c sử


- strangely : (xa) mới lạ
- shelter : chỗ ẩn náu
- Scare ; Sợ hÃi


- do groupwork and ask and
answer about the pictures
Ex: S1: What did she do?


S2: She played with her dog
- express their ideas to the front
- give their ideas and take notes
- pay attention


- write their story and then share
their ideas in groups


- go to the board and write their
sentences



- correct the story with teacher.
- copy down.


- uses Exhibition to revise the way to write a paragragh.


<b>4.Consolidation:</b>
<b>- Reminds the lesson</b>
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to complete their paragraghs at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.80->82.




---Pre: <b> Period: 58 UNIT 9: </b>

<b>Natural Disasters</b>



Teaching: <b>Lesson 5: language focus</b>


<b>I. objectives:</b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- understand and use Non-defining relative clause


- revise and practice further in Defining and Non-defining relative clause.
*Skills: Writing and speaking


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


<b>Possible story</b>



It was a beautifull day. The sun was shining. The sky was blue and the
weather was perfect. Lan was outside playing with her dog, Skippy. All of a
sudden, her dog behaved strangely. She kept running aroud in circles. Lan ran
home with her dog and told her mother what Skippy did. Lan/<sub>s mother- Mrs.</sub>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(109)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=109>

Material: text book and work book
Equipment: tape and cassetle player
<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b>1.Class organizatio</b>
Attendance : 9A
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


asks two Ss to combine two following sentences into one


1. I like reading books. They tell me about different people and cultures.
2. A girl is my friend. She Stayed with us during Christmas.


3. My aunt is a woman. Her house was broken by a typhoon.
- asks Ss to check and revise defining relative clause.


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(110)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=110>

Part 1


Part 2



Part 3


1.Act.1: Use <i><b>“</b><b> Who, Whom, Which, that </b><b>“</b><b> to </b></i>
<i><b>combine two sentences.(Part 1-P.81)</b></i>


<i><b>a, The city which was struck by a huge </b></i>
<i>earthquake in 1995 is Kobe.</i>


<i><b>b, The country which won th 1998 tiger Cup is </b></i>
<i>Singapore</i>


<i><b>c, The animal which has one or two horns on its </b></i>
<i>snout is Rhinoceros</i>


<i><b>d, The explorer who discovered America is </b></i>
<i>Christopher Columbus.</i>


<i><b>e.The planet which is closest to the earth is </b></i>
<i>Venus </i>


<i><b>f. The animal which was chosen to be the logo of</b></i>
<i>SEAGames 2003 is the buffalo</i>


<i><b>g.The ASEAN country which is divided in to </b></i>
<i>regions by the sea is Malaysia .</i>


<i><b>h. The food which you can chew but you can t </b></i>’
<i>swallow is chewing gum and the thing you can </i>
<i>swallow but you can t chew is water.</i>’



- checks the understanding of Relative clause
- hangs on the exer. and check the way to do this
task.


- asks them to complete the excer. in pairs.
- gets feedback & helps Ss to correct.


<i><b>2.Act.2:Match each of the sentences in column </b></i>
<i><b>A with a relatived sentence in column B </b></i>


<i><b>.</b></i>


<i><b>………</b></i>


<i><b>1->E Andrew is flying to Sacramento which is </b></i>
<i>the capiotal city of California.</i>


<i><b>2-> G It snowed in Lang Son , which is on the Ky</b></i>
<i>Cung River , in the winter of 2002.</i>


<i><b>3-> F Pompeii, which is an ancient city of </b></i>


<i>California, was completely destroyed in AD79 by</i>
<i>an eruption of Mount Vesuvius.</i>


<i><b>4-> A Andrew Hurricane , which swept through </b></i>
<i>southern Florida in August 1992, killed 41 </i>
<i>people and made more than 200,000 homeless.</i>
<i><b>5-> C The cyclone of November 1970 in </b></i>



<i>Bangladesh , which is bordered by the Bay of </i>
<i>Bengal on the south was one of the worst natural</i>
<i>disasters of the 20th<sub> century.</sub></i>


<i><b>6->D The most disastrous earthquake in </b></i>
<i>Japanese history , which occurred in </i>


<i>1923,damaged Tokyo and Yokohama and killed </i>
<i>about 150,000people.</i>


<i><b>7->B The October 1989 loma Prieta </b></i>


<i>earthquake,which measured 7.1 on the Richer </i>
<i>scale, caused extensive damage to order </i>
<i>buildings in san francisco Bay Area.</i>


<b>3.Act 3: Underline the relative clause in the </b>
<i><b>sentence . then add commas to separate the </b></i>
<i><b>non-defining relative clause from the rest of the</b></i>
<i><b>sentence </b></i>


<i>a.Viet Nam , which is in south-east Asia, exports </i>
<i>rice.</i>


<i>b.Kangaroos , which come from Australia, have </i>


- give Relative pronouns/
adverbs.


- give the ways to do it.


- write their answers on the
board


-work in groups


- match column a with
column B then use relative
clause cobine sentence then
do on the board


- remark and write down
<b>*Relative pronouns : defining</b>
and non-defining(đại từ qhệ
định nghĩa và không định
nghĩa)


1.mệnh đề định nghĩa là một
mệnh đề cần phảI có để xác
định nghĩa cho từ đứng trớc
nó ;


Ex; The women who sang
here last night has gone away.
-mệnh đề “who sang here last
night”là mệnh đề xác định
nghĩa cho “The women”và ko
thể thiếu đợc trong câu vì nếu
bỏ nó đI thì ta sẽ không biết
ngời phụ nữ áy là ai mệnh đề
“who sang here last night”đợc


gọi là mệnh đề xác định.
2.mệnh đề không định nghĩa
đứng sau một từ đã đợc xác
định nó chỉ bổ túc thêm
nghĩa cho từ đứng trớc nó nếu
bỏ đi nghã của câu vẫn rõ nh
thờng mệnh đề này thờng đợc
tách giữa 2 dấu phảy


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(111)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=111>

Part 4


<i>long tails.</i>


<i>c.Ba,who lives on Trang Tien street , likes </i>
<i>playing the guitar.</i>


<i>d.The novel, that you gave me on my birthday, </i>
<i>has been lost</i>


<i>e. Neil Armstrong, who first walked on the </i>
<i>moon , lived in the USA</i>


<i>f. The chair that I bought is broken.</i>


<i>g. Misss Lien , who sings very well , is my Eng </i>
<i>Lish teacher. </i>


<i><b>4.</b><b>Rewrite the sentences in Exercise 3 .Replace </b></i>


<i><b>each underlined clause with a clause you have </b></i>


<i><b>written. You may use facts or </b></i>


<i><b>Example:</b></i>


Kangaroos , <i>which come from Australia</i> , have
long tails


Kangaroos, which can be seen everywhere in
Australia , have long tails .


Kangaroos, which are called Chuot Tui in
Vietnamese , have long tails.


Kangaroos,which are called Chuot Tui in
Vietnamese , have long tails


2.John , who is a loud man ,
is an exciting friend.


-Trong 2 câu trên nếu bỏ
“who is a tailor” và “who is a
loud man”thì sẽ khơng ảnh
h-ởng đến nghĩa của câu vì “My
father” và “John” dã làm rõ
nghĩa rồi


*. Lu ý :


1, mệnh đề không định nghĩa
( mệnh đề bổ túc ) đứng giữa


2 dấu phảy


2, không thể dùng “ that” thay
thế cho “who”, “ which”, và “
whom”trong mệnh đề bổ túc
3, không lợc bỏ đại từ quan hệ
trong mệnh đề bổ túc


4, mệnh đề bổ túc đợc dùng
chủ yếu trong văn viết , trong
văn đàm thoại ngời ta thờng
dùng 2 câu đơn rieengler hoặc
nối với nhau băng liên từ “and
, but v because


Ex;1.Trong văn viết: I met
Tam , who gave me this bag
2. Trong văn nói: I met Tam
and she gave me this bag.
<b>4.Consolidation: </b>


--Reminds the lesson
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to revise from Unit 8 to 9 to prepare for 45-minute examination.




</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(112)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=112>

<b>Teaching: Times :45 minutes </b>
<b>I.Objectives:</b>



- helps Ss to examine and evaluate their learning


- helps T to evaluate the teaching way and how well Ss get the aims.
<b> * Skills: Writing, reading, vocab. and grammar practice.</b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>
Material: Paper tests
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare do the test
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b>Test( Ch½n ) </b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. collapse B. home C. occur D. pollute
2. A. block B. storm C. office D. tropical
3. A. nation B. volcano C. volcanic D. tornado
4. A. hate B. shape C. tidal D. wave
5. A. dry B. lighting C. tide D. windy
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>


1.Tet is the holiday...celebrated in Lunner new year.


a.which is b. what is c. which was d. What was


2.Many tourists enjoy festivals in Viet Nam ...they don’t speak Viet Namese.


a.when b. though c. if d. Because


3. Nguyen Du was writer ...who wrote “ Kieu”


a. whom b. whose c. who d. That


4. the earthquake in Kobe in 1995 ...severe damage .


a. caused b. made c. built d. Resulted


5. Typhoon , are different words for ...same natual disaster.


a. a b. the c. an d. To


6.the most dangeroust earthquake in Japan ...in 1923.


a. occurs b. had c. occurred d. Happens


7. Tet is a good time when the family members...a part get together.


a.live b. who lived c. lived d. Who living


8. a tonado looks like a big , dark...coming from the bottom of a storm cloud.



a. funnel b. bowl c. cloud d. mushroom


<b>III. use the correct form of the word in blacketts for each gap (2points)</b>
1.we’re having a party in the garden , so I hope it’ll be ...(sun).
2.floods and earthquakes are ...disaster. ( nature)


3.the ...of employees have University degrees ( major)
4.Da Nang will be...with wintry showers ( cloud)
5.these hills were formed by...erouptions. ( vocano)
<b>IV. combine the following sentences use relative clause ( 1,5points)</b>


1.He’s a man . he painted my house...
2.what is the name of the boy,he phone you...
3.what’s happened to the money?it was on my desk...
4.they’re the people.they offered Sure a job...
5. the car has now been found ,it was stolen...
<b>V./ Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(113)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=113>

- Christmas is the biggest festival of the year . in most Britain celebrations start


properly ...(1) 24th<sub> December . Christmas Eve although there have been </sub>
severel weeks of preparation before ...(2) The Christmas tree and all yhe
presents , food , drinks and decoration have been ...(3) christmas cards
have already been sent to...(4) and relations about a week . before
Christmas people usually put up their decorations and decorate the christmas tree with
lights various colored decorations and an engel . on the top family presents are usually
put ...(5) the tree.


<b>Test( LỴ ) </b>



<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. cloud B. drough C. group D. shout
2. A. cancel B. center C. circle D. cyclone
3. A. think B. things C. though D. thunder
4. A. drowned B. flooded C. landed D. waited
5. A. builds B.destroys C. occurs D. prevents
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1.areas around Ha Noi can ...clouds during the day .


a. hope b. expect c. wish d.Consider
2. We are ...for a picnic weekend .


a. getting b. preparing c. thinking d. Buying


3. It may rain this afternoon , so don’t forget to bring ...umbrella.
a. after b. a way c. with d. a long


4. a huge earthquake ...the city of Kobe in Japan in 1995.
a. kicked b. clapped c. struck d. bit


5.Tidal waves are the result of an abrupt ...in the underwater movement of the earth.
a. shift b. exchange c. difference d. turn


6. Tet holiday is the most important ...for Viet Namese people .
a. culture b. celebration c. custom d.religion


7.Tet is a time for Viet Namese families to clean and ...their house.
a. decorate b. hang c. enjoy d. prepare



8. family members who live ...try to be together at Tet .
a. distant b. a way c. a part d. separate


<b>III. use the correct form of the word in blacketts for each gap (2points)</b>
1.we’re having a party in the garden , so I hope it’ll be ...(sun).
2.floods and earthquakes are ...disaster. ( nature)


3.the ...of employees have University degrees ( major)
4.Da Nang will be...with wintry showers ( cloud)
5.these hills were formed by...erouptions. ( vocano)
<b>IV. combine the following sentences use relative clause ( 1,5points)</b>


1.She is the person, she give me a lift to work...
2.The lock has now been repaired, it was broken...
3. most of the people are nice, they work in the office...
4.This is the sweater, I bought 5th<sub> on Sunday ...</sub>
5. The people have moved, they used to live in that house...
<b>V./ Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


<b>- on - friends - under - hands - bought</b>


- Christmas is the biggest festival of the year . in most Britain celebrations start


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(114)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=114>

Christmas people usually put up their decorations and decorate the christmas tree with
lights various colored decorations and an engel . on the top family presents are usually
put ...(5) the tree.


<b>Đáp án chấm bài kiểm tra môn Tiếng Anh Số 4</b>


<b>Đề : Chẵn</b>




<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that</b>
<b> of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1->B 2->B 3->C 4->C 5->D


<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1->A 2->B 3->D 4->A 5->B 6->C 7->B 8->A
<b>III. use the correct form of the word in blacketts for each gap (2points)</b>
1 : sun => sunny


2 : nature => natural
3 : major => majority
4 : cloud => cloudy
5 : vocano => vocanic


<b>IV. combine the following sentences use relative clause ( 1,5points)</b>
<b> 1.He’s the man who painted my house</b>


2.What’s the name of the boy who phoned you ?
3.What’s happened to which was on my desk ?
4. They’re the people who offeed Sue a job
5.The car which was stolen has now been found .


<b>V. Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>
1 ->on 2 -> bought 3 -> hands 4 -> friends 5 -> under

<b>Đề : Lẻ</b>



<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently </b>
<b>from that of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>



1->C 2->A 3->C 4->A 5->D


<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1->B 2->B 3->D 4->C 5->A 6->B 7->A 8->C
<b>III. use the correct form of the word in blacketts for each gap (2points)</b>
1 : sun => sunny


2 : nature => natural
3 : major => majority
4 : cloud => cloudy
5 : vocano => vocanic


<b>IV. combine the following sentences use relative clause ( 1,5points)</b>
1.She’s the person who gives me a lift to work.


2.The lock which was broken has now been repaired
3. most of the people who work in my office are nice
4.this is the sweeter which bought on Sunday.


5. the people who used to live in that house have moved.


<b>III. Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>
1 -> souse 2 -> dirty 3 -> theater 4 -> wastes 5 -> areas


<b>Néi dung</b> <b>NhËn biÕt</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>


<b>cấp độ thấp</b> <b>cấp độ caoVận dụng</b> <b>Tổng</b>



KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL


Phonetics 5c


1® <b>5c 1®</b>


Vocabulary and
Grammar


8c



5c


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(115)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=115>

Writing 5c


1,5® <b>5c 1,5®</b>


Reading 5c


1,


<b>5c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>



<b>Tỉng</b> <b>8c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 4®</b>


<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1®</b>


<b>10c</b>


<b>3,5®</b>
<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>28c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 10®</b>
4.Consolidation:


- coments the students do the test
5.Home works:


-Prepare for the next period ; Unit 9 Getting started & listen and read





<b>---Pre: Period: 60 Unit 10: life on other planets</b>


<b>Teaching: Lesson 1: getting started and listen & read </b>
<b>I.Objectives: </b>


<b> - At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- Learn vocabulary UFOs and understand some information about the other planets.
- Talk about the life on other planets.


Skills: Listening, reading and speaking.
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: Text book , work book and picture
Equipment: tape and cassetle


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b>A.warm-up: Chatting (Getting Started )</b>


- hangs on the pictures and asks Ss to use the questions at P. 83 to ank aand answer.
- invites Ss/<sub> ideas</sub>



<b>B.Presentation:</b>


<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>St</sub><sub>’</sub><sub>s activities</sub></b>


Present


<i><b>*) Lead-in: </b></i>


<i>?Have you ever seen UFOs</i>


<i>? Do you believe the life on other planets.</i>
- introduces the lesson.


<b>1.P resentation :</b>
<b>a.Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- (a) strange object /………./ (Trans.)</i>


<i>- (a) spacecraft /………/ (Pic.)</i>
<i>- (an) alien (N) /………./(Pic)</i>
<i>-(to) sight /(Trans.)</i>


<i>- (to) disappear /….………../ (Trans.)</i>




- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning & stress


- read and then rewrite the


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(116)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=116>

Practice


Produce


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- uses R.O.R to check vocab.


<b>b.Act.2: Read the text and find out the </b>
<i><b>synonyms.(Part a-P.84)</b></i>


<b>*)Answer key:</b>


<i>1.evidence 4. collecting</i>
<i>2.meteor 5. capture</i>
<i>3. aliens 6. disappear</i>


- asks Ss to read through the task at P. 84 and
explains the task.


- asks them to read the text in groups to find
out their synonyms.


- gets feedback and invites the explanations.
- gives feedback.


<b>2.practice:</b>



<b>a.Act.1: Read the tex and fill in the blank </b>
<i><b>(Part b-P.84)</b></i>


<b>*)Answerkey:</b>


<i>a, An aircraft, a weather ballon or s meteor</i>
<i>b, nine large round objects travelling at </i>
<i>about 2.800 meters an hour</i>


<i>c, 1,500 UFOs sighting</i>
<i>d, a UFO above their</i>


<i>e, an egg-shaped object in one of his fields </i>
<i>and also aliens collecting soil samples.</i>
<i>F, claimed they were captured by aliens and </i>
<i>taken abroad a spacecraft.</i>


<i>g, and his plane disappeared after sighting a</i>
<i>UFO</i>


<i>h, That he saw a plate-like device at a </i>
<i>treetop 30 meters away.</i>


- hangs on the poster with the missing
information and runs through the
information.


- asks Ss to read the text again and find out
the missing information.



- gets feedback.


3.Production: Summarizing
- asks Ss to work in groups again to


summarize the text and then invite two Ss to
present to the front.


- listen to T/<sub>s instructions</sub>
- read the text and share their
ideas in groups.


- give answers and their ideas.
- copy down


- read through the sentences.
- read it and share their ideas in
pairs.


- give their answers and explain
them


- check the answers with T.
- work in groups and then
pesent their text to the front.


<b>4.Consolidation: </b>
- use Further practice.
<b>5.Homework:</b>



- asks Ss to revise the lesson
- do ex 1,2 p


- asks Ss to prepare for next period : Speak and listen


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(117)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=117>

<b>---Pre: Period: 61 Unit 10: life on other planets</b>


<b>Teaching: Lesson 2: Speak and listen </b>
<b>I.Objectives: </b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- understand and use SHOULD for advice to talk about their preparation for a
forthcoming typhoon..


<b> Skills: Speaking and writing.</b>
<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: Text book , work book and picture
Equipment: tape and cassetle


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- do ex 1,2 p



-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b>A.Warm-up: Brainstorm</b>


aliens spacecraft


clever people modern life


<b>B.Presentation:</b>


<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>St</sub><sub>’</sub><sub>s activities</sub></b>


Pre


*)Lead-in:


<i>- Things out of the earth is not very strange to </i>
<i>us now because of modern equippments. We </i>
<i>can see and hear about other planets </i>


<i>everyday. </i>
<b>- introduces the lesson.</b>


<b>1.p re-speaking :</b>
<b>a)Act.1:Vocabulary</b>
<i>-Mar (Trans)</i>


<i>-Minerals (Pic.)</i>
<i>-Gemstones (Pic.)</i>



<i>-Microorganism/………../</i>
<i>-Little creature /…………../ (Pic.)</i>
<i>-(the) sparking spot (Trans)</i>


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- uses Matching to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: Presentation Text</b>
<b>1.Model:</b>


Nam: What do these drawings say, Hung?
Hung: There might be water in Mars.


Nam: What about those black sparking spots
<i>on the right corner?</i>


Hung: Well, They might be traces of




- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning, stress &
make sentences.


- match the words with the
Vietnamese meaning.



- try to pick out the language.


- give the model


- read through the model.
- give the meaning, form and
use.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(118)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=118>

While


Post


Pre


While


<i>gemstones. There may be a lot of precious </i>
<i>stones on Mars.</i>


<b>2. Form: Talk about the possibility:</b>
<i>S + May/Might + V-inf. +……..</i>
<i>There may/might be + Noun phrase</i>
- elicits the model from the book.


- writes the model and runs through them.
- does concept check.


-explains more and runs through the model
<b>2.w hile-speaking</b>



a)Act.1: Ask and answer about things on
<i><b>Mars. ( Part b-P.85)</b></i>


- makes the model first and instructs Ss to
change the information, using the cues.
- asks Ss to use the information at P.85 and
practice giving their ideas in pairs.


- asks Ss to show their ideas to the front.
- corrects if neccessary


<b>3.p ost-speaking : </b>
<b>a,Act.1: Discussion</b>


( What might there on Mars/ <i><b>Jupiter….</b></i>)
asks Ss to work in pairs and list out their ideas
about Mars/ Jupiter……


goes round to help them


invites 2 pairs to give their ideas
asks the whole to share their ideas.
<b>1.p re-listening : </b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


- below/ above zero (Examples)
<i> - (an) expert (Trans)</i>



<i> -(a) craker (N) (Picture)</i>
<i> - (to) jump (Mime)</i>


- elicits first and says out the words
- writes and checks.


- uses What and Where to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: Open prediction (P.77).</b>


water


- writes down the task and asks Ss to predict
the information individually.


- gets feedback.
<b>2.w hile-listening</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Listen and check the predictions</b>
- asks Ss be about listening to the text
- plays the tape twice.


- asks them to share their results.
- plays the tape once again


- listen and copy down.


- make the model with teacher
first and build up their


conversations through the cues.


- practice giving their ideas
things on Mars.


- correct themselves.


- work in pairs , asking and
answering the questions


- tell out their ideas to the front.
- share and compare their ideas.
- try out and repeat chorally-
individually


- give the meaning &
pronounciation


- read and then rewrite the
rubbed words.


water
air


river
lake music sounds
- read through the information
and then guess the things that is
not available on the moon
- speak out their predictions.


- pay attention.



- listen and take notes.


- work in groups & share their
ideas.


- keep listening.


- speak out their answers.


- give feedback and correct the
answers and their predictions.


- read through them


<b>On the moon,</b>
<b>there is no…..</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(119)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=119>

Post


- gets feedback.


- plays the tape once again and checks the
information.


<b>bAct.2: Listen and check the correct </b>
<b>statements. (P.86)</b>


*)Answer key:



<i>a – c – d – f – i – j </i>


- asks Ss to read through the statements and
checks the understanding.


- plays the tape twice again


- asks Ss to share their answers in pairs.
- plays the tape once more.


- gets feedback


- plays the tape and asks Ss to check their
answers.


<b>3.p ost-listening :</b>


<i><b>Ask and answer the questions</b></i>
<i>1. What is the weather like on the moon</i>
<i>2. What is the temperature?</i>


<i>3. What do you do if you live on the moon?</i>
<i>7.</i> - asks Ss to work in pairs


- listen to the tape and take
notes.


- share their ideas in pairs
- keep listening



- speak out their answers.
- listen and check the results.


- share their ideas in pairs


<b>4.Consolidation:</b>
- use Post-speaking
<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to do to write things might there on Mars/ Jupiter.
- do ex 3,4 P


- asks Ss to prepare for next period Read


<b></b>
<b>---Pre: Period: 62 Unit 10: life on other planets</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson 3: Read </b>


<b>I.Objectives: </b>


<b>- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- understand the details of the text about the trip to space.
- talk about the forthcoming space trip they will take
<b>- Skills: Reading and Speaking. </b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: Text book , work book and picture
Equipment:



<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- do ex 3,4 p


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


A.Warm-up: Questions and answers
<i>? Do you want to go to the moon</i>


<i>? What is the weather like on the moon</i>
<i>? What is the temperature</i>


<i>? What are not there on the moon</i>
<i>? Can we go to the moon</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(120)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=120>

<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b>


<b>St’s activities</b>


Pre


While


Post



*)Lead-in:


- uses above questions to lead in the lesson.
<b>1.p re-reading : </b>


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- in the space (Sit.) = in the outer space</i>
<i>- (to) orbit (Trans)</i>


<i> { in orbit </i>


<i>-(the) physical condition (Trans.)</i>
<i>- (to) get out of ( Trans.)</i>


- elicits the words from the Ss and says them
out.


- writes and checks.


- uses R.O.R to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: Ordering (P.87)</b>
*)Answer key:


<i>4 – 1 – 5 - 2 - 3 </i>


- hangs on the statements and focus Ss on the
information.



- asks Ss to work in groups to put it in the
right orders.


- gets feedback.
<b>2.w hile-reading</b>


<b>a)Act.1: Compre. Questions.(P.87)</b>
*)Answer key:


<i>1,If you decide ….., you will have to run a lot,</i>
<i>swimm every day, and do aerobics and </i>
<i>pushs-up to have an excellent physical condition.</i>
<i>2, If you want to show you are in perfect </i>
<i>health, you must get a letter from the doctor.</i>
<i>3, You can see pictures of the Earth: Your </i>
<i>country, interesting places, the oceans, the </i>
<i>big rivers, the tall mountains.</i>


<i>4, We can see those scenes 16 times a day</i>
<i>5, We can walk on the walls or on the ceiling.</i>
- hangs on the questions on the board & runs
through them.


- asks them to read the passage again to
answer them in pairs


- gets feed back.


- asks the whole to check.
<b>3.p ost-reading : </b>



<i><b>Discussion</b></i>


<i>1,If you were able to take a space trip, What </i>
<i>would you do to prepare for the trip?</i>


<i>2, What would you like to bring along?</i>
- writes down the questions and asks Ss to
answer them in pairs.


- gets feedback


- think about and then speak out
their ideas






- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


- read and then rewrite the
rubbed-out words.


- read them through.



- share their ideas and write read
the text to complete the task in
groups.


- speak out their orders and
explain the information.


- read it and then share their
ideas in pairs.


- give their answers.


- give out the information in the
passages.


- read through the questions.
- read it and share their ideas in
pairs.


- speak out &write their answers
on the BB


- correct the answers and copy
down.


- practice asking and answering.
- show their ideas to the front.
<b>4.Consolidation: </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(121)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=121>

<b>IF-Clause</b> <b>Main clause</b>


Type 1: Possible Conditionals


- The Simple Present


Type 2: Unreal present or future
conditionals


- The Simple Past


- The Simple future


- S + Would/Should/Could + V-inf.
<b>5.Homework:</b>


<b> - asks Ss to read the text at home again and do exer. 4,5 – P. 68,69.</b>
- asks Ss to prepare test correction



<b>---Pre: Period: 63 Test correction</b>


<b>Teaching: </b>
<b>I.Objectives:</b>


- helps Ss to examine and evaluate their learning


- helps T to evaluate the teaching way and how well Ss get the aims.
<b> * Skills: Writing, reading, vocab. and grammar practice.</b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>
Material: Paper tests


Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare test correction
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b>Test( Ch½n ) </b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the</b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. collapse B. home C. occur D. pollute
2. A. block B. storm C. office D. tropical
3. A. nation B. volcano C. volcanic D. tornado
4. A. hate B. shape C. tidal D. wave
5. A. dry B. lighting C. tide D. windy
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1.Tet is the holiday...celebrated in Lunner new year.


a.which is b. what is c. which was d. What was


2.Many tourists enjoy festivals in Viet Nam ...they don’t speak Viet Namese.


a.when b. though c. if d. Because



3. Nguyen Du was writer ...who wrote “ Kieu”


a. whom b. whose c. who d. That


4. the earthquake in Kobe in 1995 ...severe damage .


a. caused b. made c. built d. Resulted


5. Typhoon , are different words for ...same natual disaster.


a. a b. the c. an d. To


6.the most dangeroust earthquake in Japan ...in 1923.


a. occurs b. had c. occurred d. Happens


7. Tet is a good time when the family members...a part get together.


a.live b. who lived c. lived d. Who living


8. a tonado looks like a big , dark...coming from the bottom of a storm cloud.


a. funnel b. bowl c. cloud d. mushroom


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(122)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=122>

1.we’re having a party in the garden , so I hope it’ll be ...(sun).
2.floods and earthquakes are ...disaster. ( nature)


3.the ...of employees have University degrees ( major)
4.Da Nang will be...with wintry showers ( cloud)
5.these hills were formed by...erouptions. ( vocano)


<b>IV. combine the following sentences use relative clause ( 1,5points)</b>


1.He’s a man . he painted my house...
2.what is the name of the boy,he phone you...
3.what’s happened to the money?it was on my desk...
4.they’re the people.they offered Sure a job...
5. the car has now been found ,it was stolen...
<b>V./ Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


<b>- on - friends - under - hands - bought</b>


- Christmas is the biggest festival of the year . in most Britain celebrations start


properly ...(1) 24th<sub> December . Christmas Eve although there have been </sub>
severel weeks of preparation before ...(2) The Christmas tree and all yhe
presents , food , drinks and decoration have been ...(3) christmas cards
have already been sent to...(4) and relations about a week . before
Christmas people usually put up their decorations and decorate the christmas tree with
lights various colored decorations and an engel . on the top family presents are usually
put ...(5) the tree.


<b>Test( LỴ ) </b>


<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the </b>
<b>other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1. A. cloud B. drough C. group D. shout
2. A. cancel B. center C. circle D. cyclone
3. A. think B. things C. though D. thunder
4. A. drowned B. flooded C. landed D. waited


5. A. builds B.destroys C. occurs D. prevents
<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1.areas around Ha Noi can ...clouds during the day .


a. hope b. expect c. wish d.Consider
2. We are ...for a picnic weekend .


a. getting b. preparing c. thinking d. Buying


3. It may rain this afternoon , so don’t forget to bring ...umbrella.
a. after b. a way c. with d. a long


4. a huge earthquake ...the city of Kobe in Japan in 1995.
a. kicked b. clapped c. struck d. bit


5.Tidal waves are the result of an abrupt ...in the underwater movement of the earth.
a. shift b. exchange c. difference d. turn


6. Tet holiday is the most important ...for Viet Namese people .
a. culture b. celebration c. custom d.religion


7.Tet is a time for Viet Namese families to clean and ...their house.
a. decorate b. hang c. enjoy d. prepare


8. family members who live ...try to be together at Tet .
a. distant b. a way c. a part d. separate


<b>III. use the correct form of the word in blacketts for each gap (2points)</b>
1.we’re having a party in the garden , so I hope it’ll be ...(sun).
2.floods and earthquakes are ...disaster. ( nature)



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(123)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=123>

1.She is the person, she give me a lift to work...
2.The lock has now been repaired, it was broken...
3. most of the people are nice, they work in the office...
4.This is the sweater, I bought 5th<sub> on Sunday ...</sub>
5. The people have moved, they used to live in that house...
<b>V./ Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


<b>- on - friends - under - hands - bought</b>


- Christmas is the biggest festival of the year . in most Britain celebrations start


properly ...(1) 24th<sub> December . Christmas Eve although there have been </sub>
severel weeks of preparation before ...(2) The Christmas tree and all yhe
presents , food , drinks and decoration have been ...(3) christmas cards
have already been sent to...(4) and relations about a week . before
Christmas people usually put up their decorations and decorate the christmas tree with
lights various colored decorations and an engel . on the top family presents are usually
put ...(5) the tree.


<b>Đáp án chấm bài kiểm tra môn Tiếng Anh Số 4</b>


<b>Đề : Chẵn</b>



<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that</b>
<b> of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1->B 2->B 3->C 4->C 5->D


<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1->A 2->B 3->D 4->A 5->B 6->C 7->B 8->A


<b>III. use the correct form of the word in blacketts for each gap (2points)</b>
1 : sun => sunny


2 : nature => natural
3 : major => majority
4 : cloud => cloudy
5 : vocano => vocanic


<b>IV. combine the following sentences use relative clause ( 1,5points)</b>
<b> 1.He’s the man who painted my house</b>


2.What’s the name of the boy who phoned you ?
3.What’s happened to which was on my desk ?
4. They’re the people who offeed Sue a job
5.The car which was stolen has now been found .


<b>V. Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>
1 ->on 2 -> bought 3 -> hands 4 -> friends 5 -> under

<b>Đề : Lẻ</b>



<b>I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently </b>
<b>from that of the other words in each group ( 1point)</b>


1->C 2->A 3->C 4->A 5->D


<b>II. Choose the best answer from A, B,C or D to fill in the gaps.(4 points)</b>
1->B 2->B 3->D 4->C 5->A 6->B 7->A 8->C
<b>III. use the correct form of the word in blacketts for each gap (2points)</b>
1 : sun => sunny



2 : nature => natural
3 : major => majority
4 : cloud => cloudy
5 : vocano => vocanic


<b>IV. combine the following sentences use relative clause ( 1,5points)</b>
1.She’s the person who gives me a lift to work.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(124)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=124>

4.this is the sweeter which bought on Sunday.


5. the people who used to live in that house have moved.


<b>III. Choose the words bellow to complete the sentences .(1,5 points)</b>


1 -> souse 2 -> dirty 3 -> theater 4 -> wastes 5 -> areas


<b>Néi dung</b> <b>NhËn biÕt</b> <b>Th«ng hiĨu</b>


<b>VËn dơng</b>


<b>cấp độ thấp</b> <b>cấp độ caoVận dụng</b> <b>Tổng</b>


KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL KQ TL


Phonetics 5c


1® <b>5c 1®</b>


Vocabulary and
Grammar



8c



5c


<b>13c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 6®</b>


Writing 5c


1,5® <b>5c 1,5®</b>


Reading 5c


1,


<b>5c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>Tỉng</b> <b>8c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 4®</b>



<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1®</b>


<b>10c</b>


<b>3,5®</b>
<b>5c</b>


<b> </b>
<b> 1,5®</b>


<b>28c</b>
<b> </b>
<b> 10®</b>
<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


- coments the students do the test
<b>5.Home works:</b>


-Prepare for the next period ; Unit 9 Write



<b>---Pre: Period: 64 Unit 10: life on other planets</b>
<b>Teaching: Lesson 4: Write </b>
<b>I.Objectives: </b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:



- write a paragragh to talk about opinions to the existence of UFOs.
<b> Skills: Writing .</b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: Text book , work book and picture
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- do ex 4,5 p68,69


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


A.Warm-up Questions


<i>? Do you believe in UFOs</i>


<i>? What makes you believe /not believe</i>
<i>? Where can you see UFOs or aliens</i>
B.Presentation:


<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>St’s activities</sub></b>


Pre



*)Lead-in:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(125)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=125>

While


Post


<b>a)Act.1: Vocabulary</b>


<i>- (an) imagination/…………../(Trans.)</i>
<i> { imaginative (Adj.)</i>


<i>- (the) flying saucer (Pict.)</i>
<i>- (the) man-like creature (Trans.)</i>
<i>- (the) mysterious circle (Trans.)</i>
<i>- (to) exist</i>


<i> { existence (N) (Trans.)</i>


- elicits the words from the Ss and says them
out.


- writes and checks.


- uses Matching to check vocab.
<b>b)Act.2: Matching (P.88-Part a)</b>
*)Form of argumentative paragragh:


1=> (ii) Introduction: present the
<i>viewpoint</i>



I think ………


I believe/ I don/<sub>t believe …….</sub>
2=>(iii) Body: <i>give reasons</i>


- Firstly/secondly/……….


+ add ideas: What is more,/ Moreover,/
Additionally,/ In addition,/….


3=>(i) Conclusion: Sum up the argument
- Therefore,/ in general,/ to sum up,/…..
- asks Ss to work in groups to match the parts
of argumentative paragragh.


- gets feedback and then explains the form of
this paragragh.


<b>2.w hile-writing :</b>


a)Act.1: Write a paragragh about the
<i><b>existence of UFOs (Part b-P.88).</b></i>


- asks Ss to read the dialogue and then share
their ideas in pairs to write a paragragh.
- asks Ss to complete the paragragh in
groups.


- goes round to help Ss.



- makes some information clearly.
<b>3.p ost-writing : </b>


<i><b>Exhibition</b></i>


- asks two groups to write their paragraghs on
the blackboard.


- asks the whole to correct the result
- gives feedback


- try out & repeat
chorally-individually.


- give the meaning & make the
sentences.


- read match them with the
Vietnamese .


- read the information and share
their ideas in groups.


- give their answers and make it
clearer with T.


- read the dialogue and then write
a paragragh to support the



existence of UFOs. The left half
will be against the existence.
- share their ideas in groups to
complete it


- go to the board and write their
paragraghs


- check it with T and compare
their paragraghs


<b>4.Consolidation:</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(126)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=126>

<b>5.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to complete their paragraghs at home.
- asks Ss to prepare: Language Focus - P.89-90.



<b>---Pre: Period: 65 Unit 10: life on other planets</b>


<b>Teaching: Lesson 5: Language focus </b>
<b>I.Objectives: </b>


<b>- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:</b>


- revise how to use Modal verbs and If - Clause:Type 1 and Type 2
<b>- Skills: Writing and speaking</b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>



Material: Text book , work book and picture
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


- Rewrite again


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b>Stages</b> <b>Teacher/<sub>s activities</sub></b> <b><sub>St’s activities</sub></b>


Present *. Review the use of modal verbs (may /might)
Modal verb + Vinfinitive


*.Conditional sentence:
1. Conditional type :1


<b>+. If clause ; -simple present</b>


<b>+. Main clause ; - simple future/simple present</b>
=>...type 1 can be used to describe situation and
consequences that are posible in the present or
future .



Ex: If Nam have time ,he’ll visit you


-He usually walks to school if he has enough
time .


- If you hear from Hoa please call me .
*.Conditional type :2


<b>+.If clause ; past subjuntive ( past simple) </b>
If + S1+did


<b>+. Main clause; future in the past ,</b>
S2 + would +do


Tobe: were use ...


Ex; - If I had much money I would buy a new
car .( I don’t have money)


-If I you practised EL every day , you you could


Review then practice
<b>Possible Paragragh</b>


I believe UFOs exist because articles and reports in newspapers talk lots about
<i>UFO appearance. </i>


<i> Firstly, many people around the world say they have seen flying saucers.</i>
<i><b>Secondly, there are plenty of photos of them. And some of the photograghers said</b></i>
<i>they saw man-like creature get out of the saucers. Moreover, people are talking</i>


<i>about the mysterious circles on the fields in Great Britain.</i>


<i><b>Therefore, UFOs are no longer human beings</b>/<sub> imagination. They are real and we</sub></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(127)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=127>

Practice


Pro..


speak it fluently


- If I were you I wouldn’t tell him about that.
1.


Act.1 : Work with a partner ,Use may or migh t
and talk about Andy’s presents


<i>b. it may be a box of crayons , or it might be a </i>
<i>box of paint </i>


<i>c. it may be a football, or it might be a </i>
<i>basketball</i>


<i>d. it may be a boat , or it might be a train</i>
<i>e. it may be a flying saucer , or it might be a </i>
<i>meteor.</i>


<i>F. it may be an evening star , or it might be a </i>
<i>scpace craft.</i>


2. Activity 2: complete the sentences , use the


verbs in the box


-asks st’s work in group then do on the board
-corrects then give the correct answer


<i>b. will miss / doesnot hurry </i>
<i>c. is not / will drop </i>


<i>d. will join / finishes</i>
<i>e. writes / will not forget</i>


3. Activitive 3 ; Look at the picture s, complete
the sentences


<i>b. If Mr Loc had a car , he would drive it to </i>
<i>work </i>


<i>c. if Lan lived in HCM city She would visit Sai </i>
<i>Gon water park </i>


<i>d. If Nam had an a larm clock , he would arrive </i>
<i>at school on time .</i>


<i>e. If Hoa live in Hue , she would see her parents</i>
<i>every day .</i>


<i>f. If Nga owned a piano ,she would play it vwry </i>
<i>well.</i>


<i>g.If Tuan studied harder , he would get better </i>


<i>grades</i>


<i>h. If Na had enough money ,she would buy a </i>
<i>new cmputer.</i>


4.Activity 4: Write 3 things...


* what would you do if you met an Alien from
outer space ?


Ex: if I met an Alien from outerbb space
I would take pictures of him


I would call a police
I talk to him /her


I would invite him/her to my house and talk .


Work in groups do ex1 then
do on the board


Remark and write down in ...


Work in groups complete the
sentences


Do on the board
Write down


Work in groups complete the


sentences


Do on the board
Write down


Discuss and wrrite ....


<b>4.Consolidation: Gap-fill</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(128)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=128>

<b>5.Homework:</b>


- Asks St’s to revise from Unit 6 to Unit 10



<b>---Pre: Period: 66 review</b>


<b>Teaching: </b>
<b>I.Objectives: </b>


- At the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- Revise and practise further in the Word-formation, tenses, if-clause and Relative clause.
<b>- Skills: Writing.</b>


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: Text book , work book
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>


<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


<b>I. Choose the best answer from the words in psrentheses.</b>


1. He is the most ……..( care, careful, carefully, carelessly) student in my class.
2. His ………(difficult, difficulty, difficultly, diffiness) is admirable.


3. What ……(would,can,did,will) you do if you had money?


4. My friends come to stay…….. us …….Christmas. (on/in, with/at, at/with)
5. We are looking …… (at, for,in, of) a job at the moment.


6. I suggested you ……… (must,should,will,ought) study harder.
7. If the weather……..(was,were,is,are) fine, we will go swimming.
8. All of us enjoy ………(sight, sighting,sighted, to sight) the UFOs.


9. ……….(Earthequake, typhoons, tornadoes, volcanoes) are stroms that pass underland
below a thunderstorm.


10..In Asia, a tropical storm is called a ………(typhoon, hurricane, cyclone,tornado)
11.She is tired ……..(so, because, if,and) she worked hard.


12..(If, Although,So, When) It is raining, they play soccer.



13..The car………(which,who,whom,whose) he has bought is modern.
14.Do you see the man ……(Which,who,whom,where) is my teacher.
15..My aunt …….(who,whose,whom,which) car was lost is a doctor.
<b>II. Use the cues to complete the following sentences.</b>


1. The city is Ha Noi. It is the capital of Viet Nam.


- The city………..
2. Nga lives in Ho Chi Minh city. She saw UFO.


- Nga……….
3. “ Shall we drive a car to work?


- I suggested……….
4. They cannot visit the moon because they have no money.


- If ………
5. He tried hard,but he did not pass the exam.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(129)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=129>

6. The students doesn/<sub>t see the UFOS.</sub>


- They wish………..
7. I am not rich,so I cannot buy that house.


- If ………
<b>III./ Complete the following sentences.</b>


1. We /enjoy/read/books/the morning
2. We/learn/English/since/2002



3. They/spend/time/do/homework/last night.
4. Nga/be used/get/early/the morning.


5. The house/build/the workers/last month.
6. They/going/visit/Ha Noi/thia summer.
<b>IV.Consolidation:</b>


- asks Ss to work in pairs to complete the following sentences.
4. We/visit/Ha Long/3 years ago.


<i>- We visited Ha Long 3 years ago.</i>


5. My mother/work/a factory/since 2001.


-<i> My mother has worked in a factory since 2001.</i>


6. I/enjoy/use /Internet/and/take part in/collect/ garbage.


<i>- I enjoy using the Internet and taking part in collecting garbage</i>.
<b>4.Homework:</b>


- asks Ss to prepare: The tenses (active and passive), Relative clause, If/Wish-clause,
Adverb clause of concession, ….prepositions, for the second semester exam.


<b>5.Homework:</b>
- Prepare revision



<b>---Pre: Period: 67 review</b>



<b>Teaching: </b>
<b>I.Objectives: </b>


- Help St’s consolidate grammar and vocabulary in unite 6,7
- to drill ; do exercises skill


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: Text book , work book
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare new lesson
<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


1.Adjectives and adverb


a.tính từ là từ hay cụm từ bổ nghĩa cho dnh từ / đại từ
Ex; - He’s a good pupil


- this is an interesting book


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(130)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=130>

-She has three nice hats


b. Trạng từ : là từ hay cụm từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ thờng , một tính từ hay cụm từ khác .


Ex; -He works carefully


-this area is very noisy
- she works very carefully
* Form : Adj + Ly = Adverb


Slow => slowly
Quick => quickly


*.Tính từ tận cùng Y ;trớc Y là một phụ âm đổi Y thành i thêm LY = ily
Happy => happily


*Tinh từ tận cùng ( ble , ple ) đổi E thành Y
Posible => possibly


Simple => simply
2.Adj + that clause


Ex; - We’re glad ( that ) everyone come back home safely
-I’m glad (that) the matter isn’t approved (chÊp thuËn )
3.Adv clause of reason ;


( as / because / since )


-they can’t go out because it’s very cold out side
-this man can’t see well because of his old age .
4.Conditional sentence :


<b>* type 1:</b>



Form : *. If clause => simple present


Main clause => present of modal + V ( future )
Ex;- if the bike is not expensive , I’ll buy it


- If it doesn’t rain , we’ll go for a picnic


<b>*Type 2 ; * .if clause => Past subjuntion (hình thức quá khứ của động từ . riêng với tobe </b>
(were) đi với tất cả các ngôi )


*. Main clause =>would ,could ,should,might +bare infinitive
Ex; - if I had much money , I would buy a new car ( I don’t have money)
-If you practised EL every day , you could speak it fluently


-If I were you , I wouldn’t tell her about that
Notice: Unless = if...not


5.Connective ( and ,but ,because , so, or, therefore, however)
+. And : dùng thêm thông tin bæ xung


-this appliance is modern and economical


-His father is a doctor and He works in a hospital
+. Or : dïng diƠn t¶ sù lùa chän


-Do you study maths or chemistry ?
+. But : nèi 2 ý tëng ph¶n nhau


-He’s fat but his brother isn’t
-that man is famous but humble


+.So : diƠn t¶ kÕt qu¶


-He is busy so he can’t help you


-the test was easy so most of the pupil do it
+.there fore / however (adv)


-There fore = so


-He busy there fore he can’t help you
-however = but


-He’s over seventy however He’s still active
6.Make suggestions :


a. Let’s + V + O


Let’s go swimming
Let’s study together
b. Shall we + V + O


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(131)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=131>

shall we help that old man ?
c. How/what about + gerund + N


What about going out for dinner ?
How about a game of badminton ?
d.Why don’t you / we +V + O ?


Why don’t we go to the movies ?
*.Answer:



Agree: -yes Let’s
-Ok .good idea
-great go ahead
-sounds interesting
Don’t agree: -No let’s not


-I don’t think it’s a good idea
-No ,why don’t we +v


*.exercise:


1. is it true ...the law says there is no smoking in restaurants in this city?


a.that what b. What c. If d. That


2. ...he had no money for a bus , he had to walk all the way home .


a.for b. Thus c. As d. So


3. the hotel has been built on the ...of the lake .
a. border b. Bowndary c. Front d. Edge


4.it is a great ...that you weren’t concerned much about the environment
around us .


a. pity b. Sorrow c. Complaint d. Sadness


5. it is ...unlikely that presedent will agree to open the new airport.



a.mainly b. Highly c. Largely d. Greatly


<b>4. consolidation:</b>
-Reminds the lesson
<b>5.Home works :</b>


-learn old lesson by heart
-Prepare review



<b>---Pre: Period: 68 review</b>


<b>Teaching: </b>
<b>I.Objectives: </b>


- Help St’s consolidate grammar and vocabulary in this semester
- to drill ; do exercises skill


<b>II.Preparation:</b>


Material: Text book , work book
Equipment:


<b>III.Teaching Process:</b>
<b> 1.Class organization:</b>
Attendance : 9A :
9B :
<b> 2.Oral test:</b>


-The students prepare new lesson


<b> 3.New lesson:</b>


1.Relatives clause :đợc giới thiệu bởi một đại từ quan hệ hay một trạng từ quan hệ bổ nghĩa
cho một danh từ hay một đại từ .


Ex; -the man who spoke to you yesterday is my uncle
-the car which you see over there is my Boss’s


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(132)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=132>

-who / whom : chØ ngêi
-whose (chØ së h÷u )


-which : chØ sù viÖc , con vËt
- that : vËt , viÖc , ngêi


-Danh từ đứng trớc : chủ từ từ bổ túc sở hữu cách
-ngời who / that whom / that whose
-vật which / that which that of which
A. Who ;


-the boy who is speaking to Mr John is the prefect ( lý tëng )
-the person who takes of patiens is a nurse


B.Whom :


-the man whom you see at the desk is the librarian
-the doctor whom they talked about is very kind
Whom => who


C. whose +N :



-the child whose parents are dead is an orphan
N N


-the man whose son is my classmate
D. which :


-the books which are on top of the shelf are novels
E. that :


-the books that interest children much are picture book .


-the children that visitors are giving presents are the victims of the last flood
F. where : dïng dÓ thay thÕ cho tõ hay cơm tõ chØ n¬i chèn ;


-I love Hue , I was born in Hue


=>I love Hue where I was born
-this is the house , I was born in this house


=> this is the house where I was born
G. when :...thêi gian


-I can’t forget the year 2000 , I was in Eng Land to celebrate millenium in 2000.
=> I can’t forget the year 2000 when I was in Eng Land to celebrate millenium
H. Defining relative clause : Mệnh đề định nghĩa => xác định cho từ đứng trớc nó


- the women who sang here last night , has gone away
- who : là mệnh đề xác định


- sang here last night ; mệnh đề xác định cho (the women )


I. Non-defining relative clause :


-mệnh đề bổ túc đứng sau 1 từ đã đợc xác định , nó chỉ bổ túc thêm nghĩa cho từ đứng trớc
nó ( nếu bỏ đi thì nghĩa trong câu khơng thay đổi )


- mệnh đề này đợc tách giữa 2 dấu phảy
2. adverb clause of concession :


- although


- though + clause
- Eventhough


-even if


Ex; -although it rained heavily , they went out with their friends
-even though if you don’t like me , I’ll be here with you
-despite + noun phrase


- in spite of


Ex; - despite hi spoverty , he sucessed in his life


-despite the bed weather the mountains , they continued climbing
- my father , who is a tailor , is interested in fashion


- the car , that I bought yesterday , is new


<i><b>*.Choose the best answer from A,B , C or D. Number 0 is an example.</b></i>
0. I ...a student.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(133)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=133>

1. My friends come to stay ... us...Christmas.


A. with/inB. to/in C. in/at D.with/ at


2. I don/<sub>t know where the book is. I am looking ... it now.</sub>


A. in B. for C. at D. up


3. ... are storms which pass overland below a thunderstorm.


A. typhoons B. tornadoes C. volcanoes D. earthquakes
4. Solar energy doesn/<sub>t cause ... in the air.</sub>


A. pollution B. polluted C. pollute D. pollutant
5. We suggest they ...use energy saving bulbs.


A. should B. must C. can D. ought


6. If the weather ...fine, we will go out for a walk.


A. am B. was C. were D. is


7. My sister... in the city since 1995.


A. lived B. have lived C. has lived D. lives
8. We enjoy ... to classical music.


A. listen B. to listen C. listening D. listened
9. She couldn/<sub>t go to work ... there was a storm.</sub>



A. because B. even though C. but D. where
10. He is the man... helped me last week.


A. which B. who C. whom D. whose


11. The car...she has just bought is very modern.


A. which B. whose C. whom D. where


12. Do you remember the boy... you met yesterday?.


A. whose B. who C. whom D. which


<i><b>*: (Từ câu 1 đến câu 12)(3,0 điểm - Mổi câu đúng đợc 0, 25 điểm)</b></i>
1.D 2.B 3.B 4.A 5.A 6.D
7.C 8.C 9. A 10.B 11. A 12. C


<b>4. consolidation:</b>
-Reminds the lesson
<b>5.Home works :</b>


-learn old lesson by heart
-Prepare do the final test


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(134)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=134>

<b>---Period 70</b>


<i>Date:</i>…… ……<i>/</i> <i>../... </i>


<b>Đề THI HọC Kì iI môn anh văn líp 9</b>



<b>N¡M HäC 2005 </b>–<b> 2006</b>


<b> Thời gian: 45</b><i>/<sub> (Không kể thời gian giao đề)</sub></i>
<i>Học sinh làm bài trờn thi ny</i>


Họ và tên:...Học sinh lớp: .. Sè b¸o danh:
.


………


<b> </b>


<b> </b> <b>§Ị thi </b> <b> </b>
<i><b>I.Choose the best answer from A,B , C or D. Number 0 is an example.</b></i>


0. I ……a student.


A. am B. are C. is D. A & C


1. My friends come to stay …….. us……..Christmas.


A. with/inB. to/in C. in/at D.with/ at


2. I don/<sub>t know where the book is. I am looking </sub>……<sub> it now.</sub>


A. in B. for C. at D. up


3. ……….. are storms which pass overland below a thunderstorm.



A. typhoons B. tornadoes C. volcanoes D. earthquakes
4. Solar energy doesn/<sub>t cause </sub>…………<sub> in the air.</sub>


A. pollution B. polluted C. pollute D. pollutant
5. We suggest they ………use energy saving bulbs.


A. should B. must C. can D. ought


6. If the weather ……..fine, we will go out for a walk.


A. am B. was C. were D. is


7. My sister………… in the city since 1995.


A. lived B. have lived C. has lived D. lives
8. We enjoy ………. to classical music.


A. listen B. to listen C. listening D. listened
9. She couldn/<sub>t go to work </sub>………<sub>. there was a storm.</sub>


A. because B. even though C. but D. where
10. He is the man……… helped me last week.


A. which B. who C. whom D. whose


11. The car……..she has just bought is very modern.


A. which B. whose C. whom D. where


12. Do you remember the boy………. you met yesterday?.



A. whose B. who C. whom D. which


<i><b>II. Read the passage and choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps. </b></i>
<i><b>Number 0 is an example.</b></i>


English is a very useful language. If we …(0)… English, we can go to any countries we
like. We will not find it hard to make people understand …(13).. we want to say. English
also helps us to learn all kinds of plans. Hundreds of books are…(14)….. in English every
day in …(15)... countries. English has also …(16).. to spread ideas and knowledge in all


<b>đề thi chính thức</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(135)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=135>

corners ..(17).. the world.Therefore, the English languge helped to spread better …(18).. and
friendship among countries of the world.


0. A. to know B. know C. knew D. known


13. A. what B. where C. when D. how


14 A. write B. wrote C. written D. to write


15.A. much B. lot of C. many D. a lots of


16.A. made B. helped C. help D. taken


17.A. of B. in C. on D. with


18.A. understand B. understood C. to understand D. understanding
<i><b>III./. Read the text and decide if the following statements are true (T) or false (F). </b></i>


<i><b>Number 0 is an example.</b></i>


Almost a hundred thousand people were killed and half a million homes destroyed as a
result of an earthquake in Tokyo in 1923. The earthquake began a minute before noon when
people were cooking their midday meals. Thousands of stoves were overturned as soon as
the earthquake began to shake. As a result, small fires broke out everywhere and quickly
spread. The fire engines were prevented from going to help because many of the roads had
cracked open. It is impossible to use fire fighting equipments. Consequently, over ninety
percent of the damage was caused by fire rather than by the collapse of buildings.


0. An earthquake occurs in Tokyo in 1932.


19. A hundred thousand people were killed in 1923 because of a tornado.
20. The earthquake began a minute before midnight.


21. Small fires broke out everwhere because of the overturned stoves.
22. People used fire fighting equipments to prevent fires.


23. Over ninety percent of the damage was caused by fire.


<i><b>IV./ Use the given words to rewrite the following sentences. Number 0 is an example.</b></i>
0 Cats are not friendly, but dogs are friendly.  Cats are different from dogs.


24. The city is Kobe in Japan. It was struck by a huge earthquake in 1995.


 The city………… ………... ..


.
………
25. Neil Armstrong lived in the USA. He first walked on the moon.



 Neil Armstrong ...…… …. .


...
………


26. Nga cannot buy a bike because she doesn/<sub>t have money.</sub>


 If Nga……... ...


...
………


27. It/<sub>s raining hard, but the children go camping.</sub>


 Although ……….. ...……….


...
………


28. What about going to the cinema tonight?.


 They suggested ...………..


...
………


<i><b>V. Put the given sentences in the correct order (1 to 6) to complete the paragragh. .</b></i>


29. When you are in orbit, you will feel totally free and you will be able to walk on the wall


or on the ceiling


30. I believe in the future we can take a trip to space and enjoy wonderful feeling.


31. If you take the trip, you should run a lot, swim every day, and do aerobics and push-ups.
32. Once you get on the trip, you will see pictures of the Earth. You may find your country


and other interesting places


33. Moreover, you must get a letter from the doctor that shows you are in perfect health.
34. Therefore, taking a space trip is not so difficult. Start your dream now and it may come


true some day.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(136)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=136>

<b>Híng dÈn chấm và biểu điểm</b>
<b>thi học kì Ii môn anh văn lớp 9</b>


<b>Năm học: 2005 </b><b> 2006</b>


<i><b>Cõu I: (T cõu 1 đến câu 12)(3,0 điểm - Mổi câu đúng đợc 0, 25 điểm)</b></i>
1.D 2.B 3.B 4.A 5.A 6.D
7.C 8.C 9. A 10.B 11. A 12. C
<i><b>Câu II: (Từ câu 13 đến câu 18)(1,5 điểm - Mổi câu đúng đợc 0,25 điểm)</b></i>


13. A 14.C 15.C 16.B 17.A 18.D


<i><b>Câu III: (Từ câu 19 đến câu 23) (1,5 điểm - Mổi câu đúng đợc 0,3 điểm)</b></i>
19.F 20.F 21.T 22.F 23.T


<i><b>Câu IV: (Từ câu 24 đến câu 28) ( 2,0 điểm - Mổi câu đúng đợc 0,4 điểm)</b></i>



24. The city ( which was) struck by a huge earthquake in 1995 is Kobe in Japan.
25. Neil Armstrong, who first walked on the moon, lived in the USA.


26. If Nga had money, she could buy a bike.


27. Although it is raining hard, the children go camping.
28. They suggested going to the cinema tonight.


<i><b>Câu V: (Từ câu 29 đến câu 34) ( 2,0 điểm - Mổi câu đúng đợc 0,33 điểm)</b></i>


<b>...THE END...</b>


1 2 3 4 5 6


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(137)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=137></div>

<!--links-->

Tài liệu bạn tìm kiếm đã sẵn sàng tải về

Tải bản đầy đủ ngay
×